160
2 Teacher’s All-in-one Book English In motion

in tune 2

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

Page 1: in tune 2

2Teacher’s All-in-one Book

EnglishIn motion

157838 Portadilla.indd 1 6/3/09 12:50:40157838 _ 0001-0002.indd 1157838 _ 0001-0002.indd 1 27/7/09 09:18:4827/7/09 09:18:48

Page 2: in tune 2

157838 _ 0001-0002.indd 2157838 _ 0001-0002.indd 2 27/7/09 09:18:4927/7/09 09:18:49

Page 3: in tune 2

3

English In motion

Teacher’s All-in-one

Book

The In motion Teacher’s All-in-one Book and the In motion selection of accompanying resources are designed to help with the challenges facing today’s ESO teacher. Recent years have seen many changes in ESO classes throughout Spain, and so the ESO teacher is faced with a wider range of abilities, needs and motivations within each group. Class sizes have grown, more students who have experienced the educational systems of different countries are being integrated into the secondary system, and enormous pressure has been put on the ESO teachers to accommodate these changes.

These resources will help teachers to ensure that the level of all the class advances, so while the stronger students receive the stimulation they require, their weaker classmates receive the support they need. In the following pages, information and tips are included to help the teacher use the wide range of resources available.

157838 _ 0003-0008.indd 3157838 _ 0003-0008.indd 3 27/7/09 09:24:4227/7/09 09:24:42

Page 4: in tune 2

4

In the CLIL worksheets students will find that the cross-curricular texts make genuinely interesting reading. Students learn about the world around them while they improve reading, listening and writing skills. The topics covered are related to those on the Culture pages of the Student’s Book, and contain many of the language structures covered in the corresponding units.

There is one CLIL section per term. Students are asked to read a text and choose the correct answer for the questions. There is a listening exercise, connected in theme to the reading, which is followed by a true/false exercise. To complete the skills focus a second page of theme-related exercises concentrate on writing skills. The audio for the CLIL worksheet can be found on the Class CD.

Tip

• Teachers can direct their students to the CLIL section of the Multi-ROM if they would like to repeat and review either the reading or listening sections. Here they will also find an expanded section of photos illustrating theme-related vocabulary and have access to the complete transcript.

The DVD for each level extends the topics of each Student’s Book unit and revises language in a new media. Two young hosts present each topic, with authentic footage from around the UK, including interviews with a range of young people and experts. Topics are contemporary and the authenticity of the interviews lends a natural tone to the DVD, often missing from language videos.

Depending on the student’s comprehension level, teachers can choose to play the DVD with or without subtitles.

Each unit includes an onscreen Comprehension check and Grammar check. Teachers are provided with both the complete transcript for each DVD unit and a shorter version containing the texts related exclusively to these Comprehension and Grammar checks.

For extra support, the Comprehension check and Grammar check can also be found in the student’s worksheets. There are also Vocabulary check exercises and additional comprehension tasks.

The accompanying teacher’s notes provide a summary of the material presented in the DVD unit, background notes on the theme being covered and information on which basic competences are covered.

As well as practical tips for working with the Comprehension, Grammar and Vocabulary checks, the notes contain suggestions for warmers and follow-up activities.

Tip

• Be sure to consider the follow-up suggestions. They include interesting debate topics, creative writing suggestions, quests and presentation ideas.

The mixed-ability worksheets are designed to take account of the mixed nature of many language classes. For a variety of reasons teachers will find both fast finishers and weaker students within their group, and will need to cater to the individual and group needs that this imbalance implies. For each unit of the Student’s Book there are four pages of photocopiable mixed-ability worksheets at two different levels (reinforcement and extension). At reinforcement level one page focuses on the essential grammar points covered in the unit and a second page focuses on the vocabulary. The teacher can decide whether to assign the pages as class or home work to those students who might have had difficulty with the material in the Student’s Book.

At extension level, similarly, one photocopiable page builds on the grammar points in the unit and another provides extended vocabulary exercises. These often extend the vocabulary sets presented in the Student’s book and will encourage stronger students to use a dictionary autonomously.

Tips

• Get enough photocopies in advance with a couple of spare copies just in case. Keep a copy for you to mark on any comments about how the students found the activity.

• Crosschecking is a helpful tactic to maintain students’ attention in a large mixed-ability group. When asking individual students for answers be sure to follow on by asking other students ‘Do you have the same answer?’ , ‘Do you agree with Carla?’

157838 _ 0003-0008.indd 4157838 _ 0003-0008.indd 4 27/7/09 09:24:4327/7/09 09:24:43

Page 5: in tune 2

5

A speaking worksheet for each unit of English In motion is provided to help students use the grammar and vocabulary structures covered in a speaking context. The tone of the exercises is intended to be fun and a move away from the more rigid grammar and vocabulary focus of the other worksheet areas.

The activities are designed for pairwork, although several can be adapted for larger groups. Students are provided with a context, model dialogues and a task. Many of the tasks require students to use the structures covered in the English You Need section of the Student’s Book and recycle the vocabulary in the unit.

Tips

• Have students keep an audio diary of their dialogues. Then they listen and give themselves marks out of 10 for the following concepts:

Did we speak too fast/slow?Did we pause sufficiently?Did we speak clearly? Did we understand each other?Did we communicate effectively?

Notice that students are not asked to consider their use of grammar and vocabulary, but rather focus on the effectiveness of communication. If keeping an audio diary is not possible try having pairs listen to each other and assign a mark for each point out of 10.

• To encourage students to speak introduce a ‘one minute topic’ space in your class. Every day you write a word on the board and see if your students can keep up a monologue for one minute. You can choose one student each day or alternatively have everyone in the class raise their hand if they can contribute to the monologue, and do the activity moving quickly from student to student. The topics to cover should be simple nouns like banana, shoes, the colour pink …

Each test covers all the areas from the English In motion course: reading, vocabulary, grammar, listening, writing and speaking.

They are divided as follows:

• One diagnostic test – this can be used at the beginning of the course to assess students’ level.

• Nine unit tests – each test covers the content and themes of the units.

• 3 end-of-term tests – each of these tests covers and reviews the key elements of each term (based on three units of the course).

• 2 end-of-year tests – these tests can be used as a final assessment of students’ progress over the year. A second test has been provided to cater for students that may need to re-sit the end-of-year test.

Each unit, end-of-term and end-of-year test comes in three levels of difficulty to cater for mixed-ability classes: Consolidation – tests at the same level as the Students’ Book, Reinforcement – tests below that level, and Extension – tests above that level.

The test can be used to assess students formally in an exam situation or can be used as revision/review material as part of their home study.

The test pack contains both the photocopiable tests and a CD with the audio material.

The course website provides the tests in Word format so that teachers can edit the tests to their specific needs.

20Photocopiable: Richmond Publishing ® / © Santillana Educación, S.L. 2009

66TestTest

Vocabulary

3 Order the sentences.

1 is / squares / star / the /between / the The star is between the squares.

2 the / above / square / the / is / star

3 to the / is / next /star / square / the

4 the / star / behind / the / square /is

5 the / under / star / is / the / square

6 of / the / square / star / front /in / the / is

4 Order the words. Then complete the sentences.

fsleh | rorirm | tapln | mstsye snuod adwrrebo | oilplw

1 You sleep on a pillow .2 A has got leaves. It’s green.3 You play music with a .4 You put clothes in a .5 You look in a .6 You put books on a .

Reading

1 Read the text. True or false? Correct the false sentences.

1 Danni uses a computer game. False – She uses a computer program. 2 Danni is a designer. 3 Danni is at school. 4 Danni designs houses. 5 It’s a real house. 6 It has more than three bedrooms.

Danni’s Dream HouseMy dream house meets student Danni, 15.She designs houses and furniture on her computer at home.

I use a computer program to design houses – just for fun! This is my dream house: I’ve got a big house next to the sea. It’s not real but I like imagining I live there. My house’s got fi ve bedrooms. I imagine some crazy parties with my friends in the house.

The living room’s cool. The windows are big; there’sa fantastic view of the beach. Everything in the room’s pink or white. There’s a pink carpet, and on the wall there’s a great sound system. Next to the window there are shelves with books on them. I haven’tw got any more furniture or any plants.

2 Read again. Answer the questions.

1 Is there a carpet in her living room? Yes, there is. 2 What type of things does Danni imagine in

her house? 3 Are there any blue things in the living

room? 4 Where is the sound system? 5 Where are the shelves? 6 Is there a mirror in the living room?

Consolidation

21Photocopiable: Richmond Publishing ® / © Santillana Educación, S.L. 2009

66TestTest

4 Complete the sentences with an object pronoun.

it | us | them | it | him | them

1 I like cheese. I like it. 2 I eat potatoes and tomatoes every day. I

eat every day.3 Do you like my dog? Do you like

?4 They never talk to you and me. They never

talk to .5 I sometimes visit my grandmother. I

sometimes visit .6 I give Dad a present at Christmas. I give

a present at Christmas.

5 Order the questions.

1 Charles / has / blond / got / hair ? Has Charles got blond hair? 2 door / home / your / has / got / a /red ? 3 Sally / have / and / brother / Ruby / got / a ? 4 dog / you / have / a / got ? 5 fridge / her / Kylie / in / milk / any / got /

has ? 6 apples / any / we / have / got ?

6 Complete the answers with have, haven’t, has or hasn’t.

1 No, he hasn’t . It’s brown.2 No, it . It’s got a blue door.3 Yes, they . He goes to our

school.4 Yes, I . It’s a Labrador.

It likes to play with its ball.5 No, she . She needs some

more.6 Yes, we . There are three red

ones.

Grammar

1 Look at the table. Circle the correct answer. Then complete the sentences with an, some or any.

Type of food in the fridge Quantity

Onions 2Potatoes 0Apples 1Milk 0Cheese 0Bananas 2

1 There ’s / are some onions.2 There isn’t / aren’t potatoes.3 There ’s / are apple.4 There isn’t / aren’t milk.5 There isn’t / aren’t cheese.6 There ’s / are bananas.

2 Complete the questions. Use the table to help you.

1 Are there any onions?2 potatoes?3 apple?4 milk?5 cheese?6 bananas?

3 Complete the short answers for exercise 2. Use the table to help you.

1 Yes, there are. 2 No, 3 Yes, 4 No, 5 No, 6 Yes,

Consolidation

157838 _ 0003-0008.indd 5157838 _ 0003-0008.indd 5 27/7/09 09:24:4327/7/09 09:24:43

Page 6: in tune 2

6

English In motion 2 is accompanied by two posters:

The phonetics poster reviews the sounds of English vowels and consonants. The phonetic symbol for each sound is combined with a humorous illustration of an example word, allowing students to easily associate sounds with words.

Vowels

Consonants

Short vowels

Voiced

Long vowels Dipthongs

bat

dog

sun

bed

book

party

pig

sailor

beefarmer

ball

surfer

boots

coat

eye

gate

tourist

house

mountaineer

bear

cowboy

balloon

treasure

whale

guitar

mother

yo-yo

dinosaur

lamp

nest

volcano

judge

motorbike

nose

robot

king

piano

tennis

theatre

koala

snake

church

flag

sheep

hand

Unvoiced

Tips

• Tell students to note how each phonetic symbol is included in its corresponding illustration. Ask them to think of a word with the same sound and draw a picture introducing the phonetic symbol.

• Practise saying the words with short and long vowels in the poster. Then read a list of words with short and long vowels. Ask students to draw a table in their notebooks and classify the words into those containing short and long vowels.

• Ask students to look at the voiced and unvoiced consonants in the poster. Then cover the poster and tell them to repeat as many voiced or unvoiced sounds as they can remember.

The UK and Ireland poster highlights different towns and cities in these neighbouring countries. Photos and anecdotes are provided of iconic spots and festivals.

Tips

• Ask students how many towns or cities in the UK and Ireland they can name. Tell them to write their list on a piece of paper and compare it with their partner.

• Ask one student to silently read the information on one of the photos. The student must repeat the information to the class without making any reference to where the information is from. The rest of the class tries to guess the place they have chosen. They can ask additional questions, but the questions can only be answered using ‘yes’ or ‘no’.

The English In motion E-solutions pack includes three CD-ROMs:

• Student’s Multi-ROM• English In motion Digital• Dictionaries CD-ROM

The Student’s Multi-ROM and English In motion Digital run on Windows, Linux or Mac operating systems and are compatible with all interactive whiteboard software (IWB). The Dictionaries CD-ROM contains two interactive dictionaries, English–Spanish and English–Catalan. The Dictionaries CD-ROM is not compatible with Linux or Mac.

Insert the Multi-ROM or the CD-ROM in the computer connected to the IWB. It will run automatically. If it fails, click on exeWin.exe to run.

The English In motion 2 Multi-ROM is an interactive resource for students and teachers which provides thorough practice of the Student’s Book contents. It is a fantastic resource which can be used in class with an interactive whiteboard (IWB) to exploit the course contents in an entertaining and stimulating way. It can be used to equal effect either in the Multimedia Lab or at home to reinforce students’ capacity for autonomous learning outside the classroom.

How to work with English In motion 2 Multi-ROM on an IWBThe English In motion 2 Multi-ROM contains nine units and three CLIL sections with interactive games and activities covering all the main language targets taught in the Student’s Book. It also includes a Speaking Dictionary, to listen to the pronunciation of the words and phrases taught in the Student’s Book, and the audio tracks for the Workbook listening exercises. A Multi-ROM Guide is provided on the main menu. A short animation explains how each activity works.

Unit menu

Each unit contains two vocabulary exercises and two grammar exercises, each at two levels of difficulty, which provide further practice of all the Student’s Book contents. This helps teachers cater for mixed-ability settings. There is also a pronunciation exercise with recorded answers so that students can check, listen and repeat, consolidating listening and pronunciation skills. All the activities include a timer to make them more challenging and engaging.

157838 _ 0003-0008.indd 6157838 _ 0003-0008.indd 6 27/7/09 09:24:4427/7/09 09:24:44

Page 7: in tune 2

7

Tip

• Give the students the interactive stylus (pen) and let them play around. This encourages class interaction and provides a good opportunity to reinforce the concept of teamwork and collaboration to achieve an objective.

Main menu: CLIL

There is a CLIL section for each term to practise listening and reading skills while learning about topics of special interest, related to those on the Culture pages of the Student’s Book. The main grammar points and target vocabulary of the term are included in the CLIL texts and dialogues. Each CLIL section contains a glossary which allows for the revision of words your students have learnt throughout the term as well as the presentation of new vocabulary related to the topic.

In the reading comprehension your class can both read and listen to the text.

Tip

• Click on the AUDIO button to listen to the text. As you listen, the text is automatically highlighted to make sure all the students can follow it, reinforcing key content learning. Click on the PAUSE button and use the interactive stylus to highlight words or expressions in the text. You can also give the interactive stylus to the students and ask them to follow your instructions.

In the listening comprehension students listen to a dialogue or text.

Tip

• A hint is provided in the form of a listening icon beside each question. This allows your students to listen to the exact part of the dialogue they need to answer the question.

Encourage the students to demonstrate what they have learnt by writing the words from the CLIL glossary on the IWB and asking them to give a definition. Open the glossary to check.

Reinforce your students’ pronunciation skills by opening the glossary, clicking on the word to listen to its pronunciation and asking your students to repeat.

Five photos in the form of interactive posters in each CLIL section allow for a wide range of vocabulary activities on the IWB depending on your specific needs.

Tip

• Have students try to write the words from the highlighted areas on the photos with the stylus. They can check if they were correct by rolling the stylus over the same highlighted area and the words will appear. By clicking on the words they can hear the correct pronunciation.

Main menu: Speaking dictionary

The speaking dictionary contains the words and phrases presented in the Student’s Book. For each word or phrase, the speaking dictionary provides the phonetic transcription and the translation. Click on the listening icon beside the word to listen to the pronunciation.

Tips

• You can access the complete speaking dictionary in alphabetical order through the main menu, or unit menu. The latter menu also provides the two vocabulary sets for the unit followed by the English You Need phrases.

• By clicking on a word in the dictionary you will see where the word is located in the Student’s Book, the phonetic transcript and the translation of the word. You can also listen to its pronunciation.

Main menu: Song

The English In motion 2 Multi-ROM contains one of the songs from the Student’s Book, and a listening comprehension activity your class can do together whilst listening to the song.

Main menu: Workbook audio material

The Multi-ROM contains access to the audio tracks for the Workbook listening exercises. Remember they can also be reproduced on a regular CD player.

Main menu: Progress reports

Students can see the results for all the interactive activities they have worked with. The reports can also be printed and given to you.

English In motion 2 Digital is an innovative electronic version of the English In motion course components that integrates all the teaching materials in one CD-ROM.

English In motion Digital

This resource can be used in two different ways: as an interactive guide to prepare lessons, and in class with an IWB to fully exploit all the materials.

It contains the Student’s Book, Workbook, Teacher’s Book, Teacher’s All-in-one Book and Portfolio. All audio material and answer keys for the teaching materials are also integrated.

157838 _ 0003-0008.indd 7157838 _ 0003-0008.indd 7 27/7/09 09:24:4627/7/09 09:24:46

Page 8: in tune 2

8

How to work with English In motion 2 Digital on an IWB English In motion 2 Digital will save you a lot of time. It is very user-friendly since the Student’s Book works as the menu to access the rest of the components. At the click of a button you can open any page of the Student’s Book and also have access to the corresponding sections, activities and exercises from the Workbook, Teacher’s All-in-one Book, Teacher’s Book and Portfolio. Answer keys are only another click away!

Toolbar

Use the toolbar at the bottom of each page to:- open other books.- move to different pages of a book.- return to the contents page.- exit.

Changing pages

There are three easy ways to change pages:- Click on the arrows in the toolbar on either side of

the page number. - Type in the number of the page you want in the

space between the arrows.- Click on the bottom right corner of a page and

drag it over – just like a real book!

Selecting tasks

- Click on any task to enlarge it in a new window. - Access answer keys, reading texts or transcripts

using the links at the top of the page.- To close the window and return to full-page view,

click on CLOSE.

Other links

Throughout English In motion Digital there are various coloured links which lead to sections in other components of the course.

No more looking for books or trying to find the correct pages! You have everything you need at the click of a button.

(pink): all these links take you to the Student’s Book.

(purple): all these links take you to the Workbook.

(green): all these links take you to the Teacher’s Book.

(orange): all these links take you to the Teacher’s All-in-one Book.

(blue): all these links take you to the Language Reference.

Listening activities

Not only can you hear the listening activities, you can also see them!

Tasks with this icon are recorded. To listen to the recording, click on the task. A new window will open.

Click on the buttons in the bottom-right corner to play, stop, pause, rewind or forward the recording.

The transcript button opens a new window containing the text version of the recording.

Students can listen and read at the same time using the controls in the transcript window.

Images

All the images in English In motion 2 Digital can be enlarged. This is a fantastic visual feature of English In motion Digital. Use it to maximise opportunities for developing students’ oral skills.

This CD-ROM contains two interactive dictionaries, English–Spanish and English–Catalan. The Dictionaries CD-ROM is not compatible with Linux or Mac.

www.webenglishinmotion.net

The course website has a teacher’s and a student’s area. Key features include Competition games which provide further revision of the course contents in an alternative and motivating way; Learning links to interesting websites and Web discovery activities to learn more about the course topics either in the multimedia lab or at home. The student’s area also includes My Webpage where students can publish their written work for other students to see. This forms part of their online dossier. Full instructions to exploit all the website resources are provided in the teacher’s area.

157838 _ 0003-0008.indd 8157838 _ 0003-0008.indd 8 27/7/09 09:24:4627/7/09 09:24:46

Page 9: in tune 2

9Photocopiable: Richmond Publishing ® / © Santillana Educación, S.L. 2009

Reading

Dublin

My name is Marcia. My parents come from Nigeria, but I was born in Dublin. Dublin is the capital of the Republic of Ireland. About 1.5 million people live in or around the city. In 2007, Dublin was voted the friendliest city in Europe.

If you like shopping, this is the place for you. I think the coolest clothes shops and music shops are in Temple Bar and around George’s Street. In the evening, there’s a lot to do. I often go to hip-hop, pop, and rock concerts. At the weekends I like visiting art galleries like the Museum of Modern Art. Ireland is famous for its writers. In Dublin you can fi nd statues of writers like James Joyce and Oscar Wilde.

There are many ways to explore Dublin. Walk along the river Liffey and you can see famous bridges, like the Halfpenny Bridge. You can also get around by bicycle. But I think the DART train and the LUAS tram are more comfortable. They are also faster than the bus. Finally, if you like sport, check out the Phoenix Park. It’s near the city centre and it’s the perfect place to skateboard or go out on your rollerblades.

The buses in Dublin are …5

slower than the DART train and the a LUAS tram.

more comfortable than the DART train b and the LUAS tram.

very expensive.c

You can go skateboarding or 6 rollerblading …

along the river Liffey.a

on the Halfpenny Bridge.b

in the Phoenix Park. c

Listening

2 54 Listen. True (t) or false (f)?

Juan doesn’t like Dublin.1

It’s raining in Dublin.2

Lorna is often grumpy.3

Jenny is more interesting than Lorna.4

At weekends Juan goes to the theatre.5

Juan doesn’t have a lot of homework.6

1 53 Read the text. Circle the correct option.

Marcia’s parents … 1

were born in Dublin.a

were born in Nigeria. b

were born in the Republic of Ireland.c

The population of Dublin is …2

exactly 1.5 million. a

2.7 million.b

approximately 1.5 million.c

Marcia prefers …3

the shops in Temple Bar.a

the shops in Temple Bar and George’s b Street.

the shops near the Museum of Modern c Art.

Marcia often …4

goes to the theatre.a

listens to music at concerts.b

reads books by James Joyce and Oscar c Wilde.

AAACLIL worksheetsCLIL worksheetsCLIL worksheetsCLIL worksheets

157838 _ 0009-0014.indd 9157838 _ 0009-0014.indd 9 27/7/09 09:21:0727/7/09 09:21:07

Page 10: in tune 2

10Photocopiable: Richmond Publishing ® / © Santillana Educación, S.L. 2009

Writing

too and also

Write 1 too or also in one of the gaps.

My favourite city in Ireland is Galway. 1 / I like Dublin too . (too)

There are mountains near Dublin. It 2 is next to the sea. (also)

I’ve got a lot of cousins in Dublin. Some 3 of my friends live there. (also)

In Ireland, English is an offi cial language. 4 Irish is an offi cial language

. (too)

Football’s a popular sport in Ireland. 5 Rugby and Gaelic football are

popular. (also)

Dublin’s an important city. It’s 6 got some famous universities. (also)

Write2 ✗ or ✓. Correct the errors.

We learn English at my school. We also 1 study French or German. ✓

We have English three times a week. Too 2 we do a lot of homework.

This summer I’m going to study in Ireland. 3 It will be too a holiday.

My mum thinks it’s a great idea. My 4 teacher thinks also it’s a good idea.

I’m going to study English in the morning. 5 There are also going to be other cultural activities.

I’m reading a book about Dublin. I’ve got 6 also some Irish friends on the Internet.

I’m very happy about my trip. I’m a little 7 nervous too.

and, but, or, because

Complete the sentences with these words. 3

but | and | because | because | but | or

I want to go to Dublin 1 because I’m interested in Irish culture.

Last week I read a book about Ireland 2 I saw some documentaries.

The trip is expensive, 3 I’m saving money for it.

I’m not interested in shopping 4 going out, so I don’t need a lot of money.

We’re learning about Irish history at school 5 our teacher loves Ireland.

Now we know something about Irish 6 culture, we aren’t experts.

Punctuation

Rewrite the sentences with punctuation. 4 where are you from, mark1

Where are you from, Mark?

i’m from dublin2

it’s the capital of ireland its great3

what do you usually do on saturdays4

i go shopping with my sister clare5

in june july and august we go to the beach6

AAACLIL worksheetsCLIL worksheetsCLIL worksheetsCLIL worksheets

157838 _ 0009-0014.indd 10157838 _ 0009-0014.indd 10 27/7/09 09:21:0727/7/09 09:21:07

Page 11: in tune 2

11Photocopiable: Richmond Publishing ® / © Santillana Educación, S.L. 2009

Reading

Aboriginal Australia

Before 1788 only Aboriginal people lived in Australia. They spoke many different languages and there was a strong tradition of telling stories. These stories taught children many things about the land. Today, a lot of aboriginal teenagers learn about their history and culture through these stories. One of the most important stories is The Rainbow Serpent or Rainbow Snake.

The Rainbow Serpent is an enormous snake. It appears to people as a rainbow, or moves through water and rain. The serpent is sometimes creative. It gives names to places and it sings about these places. The snake also gives things to people. It can help sick people and make others stronger. But the Rainbow Serpent can be dangerous too. So if you see it in Australia, be careful!

The British anthropologist Professor Alfred Radcliffe-Brown saw that many Aboriginal groups across Australia told similar stories about a snake. Each group had a different name for this snake. In 1926, Radcliffe-Brown fi rst used the term Rainbow Serpent, to talk about the snake in these stories. Today the Rainbow Serpent myth is well-known. It is used as an excellent example of Australian Aboriginal mythology.

1 55 Read the text. Circle the correct option.

Before 1788 Aboriginal people …1

didn’t live in Australia.a

spoke more than one language.b

told stories in one language.c

Nowadays the stories …2

teach many aboriginal young people a about their past.

teach people about snakes.b

teach teenagers how to tell a story.c

The Rainbow Serpent is …3

not very big.a

very small.b

very big.c

The Rainbow Serpent …4

is always good. a

is always bad.b

can be good and bad.c

Professor Alfred Radcliffe-Brown …5

invented the term Rainbow Serpent.a

had a different name for each of the b snakes in the stories.

invented the stories about the snake. c

The Rainbow Serpent …6

is not well known today.a

is still talked about today.b

is the only example of Australian c Aboriginal mythology.

Listening

2 56 Listen. True (t) or false (f)?

The speaker found the information in 1 different places. European people arrived in Australia after 2 Indigenous people. Indigenous people hunted and fi shed too 3 much. They moved around from one place to 4 another. The women often hunted large animals.5 Young people learned about their culture 6 by reading books. There are different Aboriginal groups 7 today. Dreamtime is the name of one Aboriginal 8 group.

BBBCLIL worksheetsCLIL worksheetsCLIL worksheetsCLIL worksheets

157838 _ 0009-0014.indd 11157838 _ 0009-0014.indd 11 27/7/09 09:21:0727/7/09 09:21:07

Page 12: in tune 2

12Photocopiable: Richmond Publishing ® / © Santillana Educación, S.L. 2009

Writing

before/after + -ing form

Rewrite the sentences. Write before or 1 after in the correct place.

going to Australia, I didn’t know a lot 1 about Aboriginal people. (before)

Before going to Australia, I didn’t know a lot about Aboriginal people.

I started learning about this culture 2 visiting the country last year. (after)

I worked in an art shop in London going to 3 Australia. (before)

living in Sydney for two months, I found a 4 job in an art gallery. (after)

I learned a lot about Aboriginal art working 5 for a year in the gallery. (after)

returning to London, I did a course in 6 Indigenous Art. (before)

Past time expressions

Underline the correct time expression. 2 (1) One afternoon/minute later I was watching a documentary about Dreamtime: an Aboriginal belief in a parallel form of time. (2) Two minutes later/One day I started to fl oat in the air. I was fl ying through the air (3) when / in the end I realised that I was a bird. (4) In the end/A few minutes later I was looking down at my mother buying a red coat. (5) In the end/One day I woke up. It was all a dream! But a strange thing happened. (6) When/The next day my mother said, ‘What do you think of my new red coat?’

Complete the story with these time 3 expressions.

the next day | when | one afternoon a minute later | in the end

(1) One afternoon I went shopping for clothes. I was trying on a beautiful red coat (2) a strange bird fl ew into the shop. (3) it fl ew away. (4) I forgot about the bird and went home. (5) I showed my son the coat he said, ‘I dreamed about that last night!’

because and so

Match the parts of the sentence.4 The Rainbow Serpent myth is on the 1 Internet,…

An Australian can also tell you the myth…2

You can read a lot of Rainbow Serpent 3 stories…

I want to study English at university…4

It’s a diffi cult course, but I love reading,…5

because it’s famous in Australia.a 2

because I love reading novels.b because many different versions exist.c so you can read it.d so I’m not nervous.e

Complete the sentences with 5 because or so.

Aboriginal art is interesting 1 because it’s thousands of years old.

Today you can see examples on people’s 2 skin body painting is popular.

I love nature, 3 I was happy to learn that rock art is also popular.

Some Australians take photos of these 4 rocks, you can see them on the Internet.

My mum bought me a painting 5 she knew I was a big fan.

The painting is on my ceiling, 6 I can see it when I’m in bed.

BBBCLIL worksheetsCLIL worksheetsCLIL worksheetsCLIL worksheets

157838 _ 0009-0014.indd 12157838 _ 0009-0014.indd 12 27/7/09 09:21:0827/7/09 09:21:08

Page 13: in tune 2

13Photocopiable: Richmond Publishing ® / © Santillana Educación, S.L. 2009

Reading

About sports

What is your favourite sport? Many teenagers in Spain like football or tennis. But if you ask a teenager this question in London or LA, they will probably also say cricket or baseball.

Cricket is a team sport. There are eleven players on each team. It is played during the summer in the United Kingdom. It is also popular in many other countries from Australia to India. It is normally played on grass, but in Estonia they play cricket on ice. But only in winter! Many historians think that the game started in England in the 16th century and that it was invented by children.

Baseball is also a team sport. There are nine players on each team. It is very popular in the United States and also in Central America, the Caribbean and in other parts of the world. Historians think baseball started in England around 1755. British and Irish immigrants later brought baseball to North America. Today baseball is the national sport of the US and some people believe it was invented there.

Some professional cricket and baseball players are rich, famous and successful. They travel abroad and have a good time. But they must also practise a lot and remember to eat a balanced diet.

1 57 Read the text. Circle the correct option.

If you want to play cricket, …1

you can play it alone.a

you will need one other person.b

you will need more than one other c person.

Cricket is … 2

popular in a lot of countries.a

only popular in Australia and India.b

only popular in the UK.c

Cricket was …3

invented by children in England.a

invented in the 16b th century in Estonia.

invented by historians. c

In a normal game of baseball …4

there are 9 players in the game.a

there are 18 players in the game.b

there are 1,755 players in the game. c

In professional cricket and baseball …5

some players have a lot of money.a

all players have a lot of money.b

some players play for more than one team.c

CCCCLIL worksheetsCLIL worksheetsCLIL worksheetsCLIL worksheets

If you want to be a professional player, …6

you must only eat pasta and a hamburgers.

you must eat different types of food.b

you must practise eating slowly. c

Listening

2 58 Listen. True (t) or false (f)?

Anton runs every day after school.1 Anton’s coach says he should drink plenty 2 of water every day.

Anton’s parents think he should do well at 3 school.

When he fi nishes school, he’s going to play 4 professional cricket.

Tiffany is also mad about cricket.5

She’s going to be a professional baseball 6 player.

Tiffany wants to be a teacher.7

Tiffany will probably play baseball at work.8

157838 _ 0009-0014.indd 13157838 _ 0009-0014.indd 13 27/7/09 09:21:0827/7/09 09:21:08

Page 14: in tune 2

14Photocopiable: Richmond Publishing ® / © Santillana Educación, S.L. 2009

Writing

but and although

Join the sentences. Use 1 but or although.

John plays baseball every weekend; he’s 1 not very good. (but)

John plays baseball every weekend, but he’s

not very good.

baseball isn’t a popular sport at school, 2 some of us play it. (although)

people play baseball in the UK, it’s more 3 popular in the USA. (but)

the rules are complicated, I understand 4 them. (although)

there’s one boys’ team, there are two girls’ 5 teams. (but)

Tim plays baseball on his games console, 6 he doesn’t like real baseball. (although)

both of, some of, all of

Underline the correct option. 2 Paula and I play on the school cricket 1 team. Both of us/All of us love it.

Milos and Tim play on the baseball team. 2 Both of them/Some of them are baseball fans.

I like most girls on the cricket team, but 3 all of them/some of them are horrible.

The girls are the same age as me. 4 All of us/Both of us are fourteen.

Not all the girls live in North London. 5 Both of them/Some of them live in South London.

Milos’s team is excellent. 6 All of they/All of them play really well.

Complete the sentences.3

all | us | some | of | them | both

At school we learn to play football, but 1 some of us don’t like it.

Tina and I want to learn other sports. 2 of us like tennis, for example.

There are two PE teachers. Yesterday we 3 spoke to both of .

The teachers think we all love football. 4 They said of us wanted to play football.

But seven people don’t like football, so 5 of us aren’t very happy.

We’re having a class meeting today. All 6 us are going to vote for our

favourite sport.

Paragraphs

Match the paragraph titles with the 4 paragraphs.

What do the teachers think? 1

What’s the problem? 2

What’s the solution? 3

In PE lessons, our teachers only teach a football, but some students want to learn other sports. They want to do tennis, running and basketball, for example.

The teachers say that the school has only b got footballs, and that everyone loves playing football.

We don’t need new equipment to do c running. Although, If the school buys some new equipment, we’ll be able to learn alternative sports. Some students can also bring in tennis rackets and a basketball.

CCCCLIL worksheetsCLIL worksheetsCLIL worksheetsCLIL worksheets

157838 _ 0009-0014.indd 14157838 _ 0009-0014.indd 14 27/7/09 09:21:0827/7/09 09:21:08

Page 15: in tune 2

15Photocopiable: Richmond Publishing ® / © Santillana Educación, S.L. 2009

Reading

Dublin

My name is Marcia. My parents come from Nigeria, but I was born in Dublin. Dublin is the capital of the Republic of Ireland. About 1.5 million people live in or around the city. In 2007, Dublin was voted the friendliest city in Europe.

If you like shopping, this is the place for you. I think the coolest clothes shops and music shops are in Temple Bar and around George’s Street. In the evening, there’s a lot to do. I often go to hip-hop, pop, and rock concerts. At the weekends I like visiting art galleries like the Museum of Modern Art. Ireland is famous for its writers. In Dublin you can fi nd statues of writers like James Joyce and Oscar Wilde.

There are many ways to explore Dublin. Walk along the river Liffey and you can see famous bridges, like the Halfpenny Bridge. You can also get around by bicycle. But I think the DART train and the LUAS tram are more comfortable. They are also faster than the bus. Finally, if you like sport, check out the Phoenix Park. It’s near the city centre and it’s the perfect place to skateboard or go out on your rollerblades.

The buses in Dublin are …5

a slower than the DART train and the LUAS tram.

more comfortable than the DART train b and the LUAS tram.

very expensive.c

You can go skateboarding or 6 rollerblading …

along the river Liffey.a

on the Halfpenny Bridge.b

c in the Phoenix Park.

Listening

2 54 Listen. True (t) or false (f)?

Juan doesn’t like Dublin.1 f

It’s raining in Dublin.2 t

Lorna is often grumpy.3 f

Jenny is more interesting than Lorna.4 t

At weekends Juan goes to the theatre.5 f

Juan doesn’t have a lot of homework.6 f

1 53 Read the text. Circle the correct option.

Marcia’s parents … 1

were born in Dublin.a

b were born in Nigeria.

were born in the Republic of Ireland.c

The population of Dublin is …2

exactly 1.5 million. a

2.7 million.b

c approximately 1.5 million.

Marcia prefers …3

the shops in Temple Bar.a

b the shops in Temple Bar and George’s Street.

the shops near the Museum of Modern c Art.

Marcia often …4

goes to the theatre.a

b listens to music at concerts.

reads books by James Joyce and Oscar c Wilde.

AAACLIL worksheetsCLIL worksheetsCLIL worksheetsCLIL worksheets

157838 _ 0015-0020.indd 15157838 _ 0015-0020.indd 15 27/7/09 09:27:5527/7/09 09:27:55

Page 16: in tune 2

16Photocopiable: Richmond Publishing ® / © Santillana Educación, S.L. 2009

Writing

too and also

Write 1 too or also in one of the gaps.

My favourite city in Ireland is Galway. 1 / I like Dublin too . (too)

There are mountains near Dublin. It 2 / is also next to the sea. (also)

I’ve got a lot of cousins in Dublin. Some 3 of my friends also live / there. (also)

In Ireland, English is an offi cial language. 4 Irish / is an offi cial language

too . (too)

Football’s a popular sport in Ireland. 5 Rugby and Gaelic football / are

also popular. (also)

Dublin’s an important city. It’s 6 also got / some famous universities. (also)

Write2 ✗ or ✓. Correct the errors.

We learn English at my school. We also 1 study French or German. ✓

We have English three times a week. Too 2 we do a lot of homework. ✗

We have English three times a week. We do a lot of homework too.

This summer I’m going to study in Ireland. 3 It will be too a holiday. ✗

This summer I’m going to study in Ireland. It willbe a holiday too.

My mum thinks it’s a great idea. My 4 teacher thinks also it’s a good idea. ✗

My mum thinks it’s a great idea. My teacher also thinks it’s a good idea.

I’m going to study English in the morning. 5 There are also going to be other cultural activities. ✓

I’m reading a book about Dublin. I’ve got 6 also some Irish friends on the Internet. ✗

I’m reading a book about Dublin. I’ve also got some Irish friends on the Internet.

I’m very happy about my trip. I’m a little 7 nervous too. ✓

and, but, or, because

Complete the sentences with these words. 3

but | and | because | because | but | or

I want to go to Dublin 1 because I’m interested in Irish culture.

Last week I read a book about Ireland 2 and I saw some documentaries.

The trip is expensive, 3 but I’m saving money for it.

I’m not interested in shopping 4 or going out, so I don’t need a lot of money.

We’re learning about Irish history at school 5 because our teacher loves Ireland.

Now we know something about Irish 6 culture, but we aren’t experts.

Punctuation

Rewrite the sentences with punctuation. 4 where are you from, mark1

Where are you from, Mark?

i’m from dublin2

I’m from Dublin.

it’s the capital of ireland its great3

It’s the capital of Ireland. It’s great!

what do you usually do on saturdays4

What do you usually do on Saturdays?

i go shopping with my sister clare5

I go shopping with my sister Clare.

in june july and august we go to the beach6

In June, July and August, we go to the beach.

AAACLIL worksheetsCLIL worksheetsCLIL worksheetsCLIL worksheets

157838 _ 0015-0020.indd 16157838 _ 0015-0020.indd 16 27/7/09 09:27:5627/7/09 09:27:56

Page 17: in tune 2

17Photocopiable: Richmond Publishing ® / © Santillana Educación, S.L. 2009

Reading

Aboriginal Australia

Before 1788 only Aboriginal people lived in Australia. They spoke many different languages and there was a strong tradition of telling stories. These stories taught children many things about the land. Today, a lot of aboriginal teenagers learn about their history and culture through these stories. One of the most important stories is The Rainbow Serpent or Rainbow Snake.

The Rainbow Serpent is an enormous snake. It appears to people as a rainbow, or moves through water and rain. The serpent is sometimes creative. It gives names to places and it sings about these places. The snake also gives things to people. It can help sick people and make others stronger. But the Rainbow Serpent can be dangerous too. So if you see it in Australia, be careful!

The British anthropologist Professor Alfred Radcliffe-Brown saw that many Aboriginal groups across Australia told similar stories about a snake. Each group had a different name for this snake. In 1926, Radcliffe-Brown fi rst used the term Rainbow Serpent, to talk about the snake in these stories. Today the Rainbow Serpent myth is well-known. It is used as an excellent example of Australian Aboriginal mythology.

1 55 Read the text. Circle the correct option.

Before 1788 Aboriginal people …1

didn’t live in Australia.a

b spoke more than one language.

told stories in one language.c

Nowadays the stories …2

a teach many aboriginal young people about their past.

teach people about snakes.b

teach teenagers how to tell a story.c

The Rainbow Serpent is …3

not very big.a

very small.b

c very big.

The Rainbow Serpent …4

is always good. a

is always bad.b

c can be good and bad.

Professor Alfred Radcliffe-Brown …5

a invented the term Rainbow Serpent.

had a different name for each of the b snakes in the stories.

invented the stories about the snake. c

The Rainbow Serpent …6

is not well known today.a

b is still talked about today.

is the only example of Australian c Aboriginal mythology.

Listening

2 56 Listen. True (t) or false (f)?

The speaker found the information in 1 different places. tEuropean people arrived in Australia after 2 Indigenous people. tIndigenous people hunted and fi shed too 3 much. f They moved around from one place to 4 another. t The women often hunted large animals.5 f Young people learned about their culture 6 by reading books. fThere are different Aboriginal groups 7 today. t Dreamtime is the name of one Aboriginal 8 group. f

BBBCLIL worksheetsCLIL worksheetsCLIL worksheetsCLIL worksheets

157838 _ 0015-0020.indd 17157838 _ 0015-0020.indd 17 27/7/09 09:27:5627/7/09 09:27:56

Page 18: in tune 2

18Photocopiable: Richmond Publishing ® / © Santillana Educación, S.L. 2009

Writing

before/after + -ing form

Rewrite the sentences. Write before or 1 after in the correct place.

going to Australia, I didn’t know a lot 1 about Aboriginal people. (before)

Before going to Australia, I didn’t know a lot about Aboriginal people.

I started learning about this culture 2 visiting the country last year. (after)

I started learning about this culture aftervisiting the country last year.

I worked in an art shop in London going to 3 Australia. (before)

I worked in an art shop in London before going to Australia.

living in Sydney for two months, I found a 4 job in an art gallery. (after)

After living in Sydney for two months, I found a job in an art gallery.

I learned a lot about Aboriginal art working 5 for a year in the gallery. (after)

I learned a lot about Aboriginal art after working for a year in the gallery.

returning to London, I did a course in 6 Indigenous Art. (before)

Before returning to London, I did a course in Indigenous Art.

Past time expressions

Underline the correct time expression. 2 (1) One afternoon/minute later I was watching a documentary about Dreamtime: an Aboriginal belief in a parallel form of time. (2) Two minutes later/One day I started to fl oat in the air. I was fl ying through the air (3) when / in the end I realised that I was a bird. (4) In the end/A few minutes later I was looking down at my mother buying a red coat. (5) In the end/One day I woke up. It was all a dream! But a strange thing happened. (6) When/The next day my mother said, ‘What do you think of my new red coat?’

Complete the story with these time 3 expressions.

the next day | when | one afternoon a minute later | in the end

(1) One afternoon I went shopping for clothes. I was trying on a beautiful red coat (2) when a strange bird fl ew into the shop. (3) A minute later it fl ew away. (4) In the end I forgot about the bird and went home. (5) When I showed my son the coat he said, ‘I dreamed about that last night!’

because and so

Match the parts of the sentence.4 The Rainbow Serpent myth is on the 1 Internet,…

An Australian can also tell you the myth…2

You can read a lot of Rainbow Serpent 3 stories…

I want to study English at university…4

It’s a diffi cult course, but I love reading,…5

because it’s famous in Australia.a 2

because I love reading novels.b 4

because many different versions exist.c 3 so you can read it.d 1 so I’m not nervous.e 5

Complete the sentences with 5 because or so.

Aboriginal art is interesting 1 because it’s thousands of years old.

Today you can see examples on people’s 2 skin because body painting is popular.

I love nature, 3 so I was happy to learn that rock art is also popular.

Some Australians take photos of these 4 rocks, so you can see them on the Internet.

My mum bought me a painting 5 because she knew I was a big fan.

The painting is on my ceiling, 6 so I can see it when I’m in bed.

BBBCLIL worksheetsCLIL worksheetsCLIL worksheetsCLIL worksheets

157838 _ 0015-0020.indd 18157838 _ 0015-0020.indd 18 27/7/09 09:27:5627/7/09 09:27:56

Page 19: in tune 2

19Photocopiable: Richmond Publishing ® / © Santillana Educación, S.L. 2009

Reading

About sports

What is your favourite sport? Many teenagers in Spain like football or tennis. But if you ask a teenager this question in London or LA, they will probably also say cricket or baseball.

Cricket is a team sport. There are eleven players on each team. It is played during the summer in the United Kingdom. It is also popular in many other countries from Australia to India. It is normally played on grass, but in Estonia they play cricket on ice. But only in winter! Many historians think that the game started in England in the 16th century and that it was invented by children.

Baseball is also a team sport. There are nine players on each team. It is very popular in the United States and also in Central America, the Caribbean and in other parts of the world. Historians think baseball started in England around 1755. British and Irish immigrants later brought baseball to North America. Today baseball is the national sport of the US and some people believe it was invented there.

Some professional cricket and baseball players are rich, famous and successful. They travel abroad and have a good time. But they must also practise a lot and remember to eat a balanced diet.

1 57 Read the text. Circle the correct option.

If you want to play cricket, …1

you can play it alone.a

you will need one other person.b

c you will need more than one other person.

Cricket is … 2

a popular in a lot of countries.

only popular in Australia and India.b

only popular in the UK.c

Cricket was …3

a invented by children in England.

invented in the 16b th century in Estonia.

invented by historians. c

In a normal game of baseball …4

there are 9 players in the game.a

b there are 18 players in the game.

there are 1,755 players in the game. c

In professional cricket and baseball …5

a some players have a lot of money.

all players have a lot of money.b

some players play for more than one team.c

CCCCLIL worksheetsCLIL worksheetsCLIL worksheetsCLIL worksheets

If you want to be a professional player, …6

you must only eat pasta and a hamburgers.

b you must eat different types of food.

you must practise eating slowly. c

Listening

2 58 Listen. True (t) or false (f)?

Anton runs every day after school.1 fAnton’s coach says he should drink plenty 2 of water every day. t

Anton’s parents think he should do well at 3 school. t

When he fi nishes school, he’s going to play 4 professional cricket. f

Tiffany is also mad about cricket.5 f

She’s going to be a professional baseball 6 player. f

Tiffany wants to be a teacher.7 t

Tiffany will probably play baseball at work.8 t

157838 _ 0015-0020.indd 19157838 _ 0015-0020.indd 19 27/7/09 09:27:5627/7/09 09:27:56

Page 20: in tune 2

20Photocopiable: Richmond Publishing ® / © Santillana Educación, S.L. 2009

Writing

but and although

Join the sentences. Use 1 but or although.

John plays baseball every weekend; he’s 1 not very good. (but)

John plays baseball every weekend, but he’s

not very good.

baseball isn’t a popular sport at school, 2 some of us play it. (although)

Although baseball isn’t a popular sport at

school, some of us play it.

people play baseball in the UK, it’s more 3 popular in the USA. (but)

People play baseball in the UK, but it’s more

popular in the USA.

the rules are complicated, I understand 4 them. (although)

Although the rules are complicated, I

understand them.

there’s one boys’ team, there are two girls’ 5 teams. (but)

There’s one boys’ team but there are two girls’

teams.

Tim plays baseball on his games console, 6 he doesn’t like real baseball. (although)

Although Tim plays baseball on his games

console, he doesn’t like real baseball.

both of, some of, all of

Underline the correct option. 2 Paula and I play on the school cricket 1 team. Both of us/All of us love it.

Milos and Tim play on the baseball team. 2 Both of them/Some of them are baseball fans.

I like most girls on the cricket team, but 3 all of them/some of them are horrible.

The girls are the same age as me. 4 All of us/Both of us are fourteen.

Not all the girls live in North London. 5 Both of them/Some of them live in South London.

Milos’s team is excellent. 6 All of they/All of them play really well.

Complete the sentences.3

all | us | some | of | them | both

At school we learn to play football, but 1 some of us don’t like it.

Tina and I want to learn other sports. 2 Both of us like tennis, for example.

There are two PE teachers. Yesterday we 3 spoke to both of them .

The teachers think we all love football. 4 They said all of us wanted to play football.

But seven people don’t like football, so 5 some of us aren’t very happy.

We’re having a class meeting today. All 6 of us are going to vote for our

favourite sport.

Paragraphs

Match the paragraph titles with the 4 paragraphs.

What do the teachers think? 1 b

What’s the problem? 2 a

What’s the solution? 3 c

In PE lessons, our teachers only teach a football, but some students want to learn other sports. They want to do tennis, running and basketball, for example.

The teachers say that the school has only b got footballs, and that everyone loves playing football.

We don’t need new equipment to do c running. Although, If the school buys some new equipment, we’ll be able to learn alternative sports. Some students can also bring in tennis rackets and a basketball.

CCCCLIL worksheetsCLIL worksheetsCLIL worksheetsCLIL worksheets

157838 _ 0015-0020.indd 20157838 _ 0015-0020.indd 20 27/7/09 09:27:5727/7/09 09:27:57

Page 21: in tune 2

21Photocopiable: Richmond Publishing ® / © Santillana Educación, S.L. 2009

Unit Summary Page

11 The presenters discuss friendship. We then meet two pairs of friends at a school in London, and fi nd out what they have to say about each other. 22

22 Jack visits Portobello Market in London. We meet some of the people who shop there, and fi nd out what they like about the market, and why they visit it. 24

33The presenters discuss types of transport that pollute the environment. We then fi nd out how some students in London travel to school, and their ideas for environmentally friendly types of transport. Finally, Jack takes a trip on a rickshaw through central London.

26

44 Jack profi les Joseph Merrick, The Elephant Man. At the Royal London Hospital, we hear his life story from the archivist of an exhibition devoted to Merrick’s life. 28

55The presenters ask students in London about strange or frightening experiences they’ve had. We then hear a psychologist’s explanation of fear, and of how our bodies react to frightening circumstances.

30

66 The presenters tell us about the history of television. We then fi nd out the TV habits of students in London, and what their favourite programmes are. 32

77 The presenters and a P.E. teacher discuss skateboarding as a way of doing exercise. Ruby then tells us about the history of skateboarding. 34

88The presenters discuss a UNICEF survey about how young people see the future. We then fi nd out what some students in London think about their future, and contrast this with the views of a teacher.

36

99The presenters discuss different causes that people feel strongly about. We then hear what someone who worked for Greenpeace has to say about her cause. She also gives us advice on how we can take action.

38

ContentsContentsContentsContents

157838 _ 0021-0040.indd 21157838 _ 0021-0040.indd 21 27/7/09 09:24:2727/7/09 09:24:27

Page 22: in tune 2

22Photocopiable: Richmond Publishing ® / © Santillana Educación, S.L. 2009

111DVD activitiesDVD activitiesDVD activitiesDVD activities

Comprehension check

Watch the video. Circle the correct option.1 Jack sees his best friend...1

every week.a

every day. b

every other day. c

Psychologists say it’s important for friends...2

to have secrets.a

to buy rings.b

to share things. c

We choose our friends...3

for how they see us.a

for who they are. b

because they are nice.c

Sophia’s best friend is really...4

fun to stay with. a

fun to play with. b

fun every day.c

Watch again. Write 2 ✓ or ✗. Correct the errors.

Jack thinks that football is really important.1 ✓

Jack’s friends aren’t very important to him.2

Jack and his friends are Liverpool fans. 3

Sophia likes playing and having sleepovers 4 with Francesca.

Amani’s favourite thing about Ephia is that 5 she’s relaxed.

Amani and Ephia are very different. 6

1

Sophia and Francesca have got the same 7 personality.

Ruby says that friends admire the things 8 that make them different.

Vocabulary check

Watch again. Complete the sentences. 3 Jack and his friends like playing 1 football .

Jack’s best friend is very 2 .

Jack and Dan are both 3 .

Amani’s best friend is outgoing, happy and 4 .

Francesca’s best friend is 5 and funny.

Ephia likes 6 with Amani.

Francesca likes going 7 with Sophia.

Jack thinks one friend’s confi dent and the 8 other’s .

Grammar check

Complete the sentences with these words.4

mind | usually | says | loves | doesn’t | speaks | don’t

Ruby 1 says that most people give the same answer.

Sophia 2 think that Francesca is funny.

The students 3 talk about school.

Francesca 4 laughs when Sophia smiles.

Amani sometimes 5 the same way as Ephia.

Francesca 6 being a ‘girlie girl.’

Sophia doesn’t 7 laughing at Francesca’s jokes.

157838 _ 0021-0040.indd 22157838 _ 0021-0040.indd 22 27/7/09 09:24:2727/7/09 09:24:27

Page 23: in tune 2

23Photocopiable: Richmond Publishing ® / © Santillana Educación, S.L. 2009

111DVD Teaching notesDVD Teaching notesDVD Teaching notesDVD Teaching notes

SummaryThe presenters discuss friendship. We then meet two pairs of friends at a school in London, and fi nd out what they have to say about each other.

Basic competence: Students refl ect on friendship.

BackgroundStudents refl ect here on the nature of friendship: why do we choose the friends we choose? Are friends similar to each other? What do friends share? How do they support each other? The presenters give us some clues, as do the interviews with the two sets of friends.

WarmerAsk: • What is your best friend like? What is your favourite thing about your friend? Is there something about your friend that makes you smile when you think of it?Write these key words on the board, and explain any • students don’t know.

‘birds of a feather fl ock together’ –to share –to give support to someone –outgoing, sneaky, weird, funny –a tangle (a diffi cult situation) –the pictures (the cinema) –a sleepover –upset, down –a girlie girl, a tomboy –grades (for schoolwork) –to admire someone –

Comprehension check

1 • Play the complete unit once without the subtitles, and then play the Comprehension check. Elicit answers before playing to check.

• Hand out the worksheets and ask students to do exercise 1 from memory. Then play the Comprehension check again to check.

Answers1 b 2 c 3 a 4 b

2 • Ask students to do exercise 2 from memory. Then play the complete unit again to check (with subtitles, if necessary, or with a copy of the transcript).

Answers1 ✓2 ✗ Jack’s friends are very important to him.3 ✗ Jack and his friends are Arsenal fans. 4 ✓5 ✗ Amani’s favourite thing about Ephia is that she’s

funny.6 ✗ Amani and Ephia are similar.7 ✗ Sophia and Francesca have got different

personalities. 8 ✓

Vocabulary check

3 • Ask students to do exercise 3 from memory. Then play the video a fi nal time to check.

Answers1 football 2 cheerful 3 lazy 4 kind 5 friendly

6 singing 7 swimming 8 shy

Extra activities

Reinforcement• Write these words on the board. Ask students to copy and then tick the ones they hear.Watching TV/DVDsGive help/support sneaky/cheeky Science and Art/Science and French

Extension• As above, but add: upset or crying/upset or downI guess it’s true/right

AnswersWatching TV, Give support, sneaky,

upset or down, Science and Art, I guess it’s true

Grammar check

4 • Play the Grammar check. If you want to use this as a dictation, cover the on-screen sentences with a piece of paper. Play again, with the screen uncovered, for them to check.

• If you want to practise pronunciation, ask students to repeat these sentences.

• After watching the Grammar check, ask students to do exercise 4. This reinforces the grammar points and covers points not covered on the video. (Students do not need to watch the video to do this exercise.)

Answers1 says 2 doesn’t 3 don’t 4 usually 5 speaks

6 loves 7 mind

Follow-upSpeaking:• In pairs, ask students to discuss the presenters’ questions: Are you similar or different to your friends? What do you like doing together?

157838 _ 0021-0040.indd 23157838 _ 0021-0040.indd 23 27/7/09 09:24:2727/7/09 09:24:27

Page 24: in tune 2

24Photocopiable: Richmond Publishing ® / © Santillana Educación, S.L. 2009

222DVD activitiesDVD activitiesDVD activitiesDVD activities

Comprehension check

Watch the video. Circle the correct option.1 Jack bought his new CD...1

last weekend.a

two weeks ago.b

last week. c

Portobello Market is famous...2

all over the UK.a

in London.b

all over the world. c

Ellen says things in the market...3

aren’t cheap.a

are of good quality. b

are of bad quality. c

Rebecca thinks the market is...4

relaxed.a

fun. b

quiet. c

Watch again. Answer the questions. 2 What does Jack think of his new CD?1

Are there many unusual shops at the 2 market?

What did Rebecca buy at the market?3

What type of goods does Steve talk about?4

Who talks about antiques?5

Who thinks it’s one of the best markets in 6 London?

1

What does Ruby think of Portobello 7 market?

Does Jack often go to the market?8

Vocabulary check

Complete the gaps. Use words from the 3 box.

jazz | music | CD | fashionreggae | shoe | hip-hop | fresh

Jack is listening to a new 1 CD .

Ruby thinks Jack is listening to 2 .

Jack is listening to 3 .

This is no time to be listening to pop, rock, 4 classical, latino or .

For Ellen, things at the market are 5 and cheap.

The market has got different sections: 6 antiques, , and used and new goods.

There are also normal shops, like a 7 shop and a chemist’s.

Jack liked the 8 shops.

Grammar check

Underline the correct option. 4 Jack 1 isn’t/not is listening to reggae.

Is Jack listening to hip-hop? Yes,2 he listens/he is.

Ruby asks Jack a question. Jack tells 3 him/her that he’s listening to music.

Does Jack 4 usually/at the moment go to Portobello Market?

He doesn’t 5 usually/now go there.

Is Ruby shopping at the market 6 always/now?

Yes, because today is Saturday. She shops 7 there today/every Saturday.

157838 _ 0021-0040.indd 24157838 _ 0021-0040.indd 24 27/7/09 09:24:2727/7/09 09:24:27

Page 25: in tune 2

25Photocopiable: Richmond Publishing ® / © Santillana Educación, S.L. 2009

222DVD Teaching notesDVD Teaching notesDVD Teaching notesDVD Teaching notes

SummaryJack visits Portobello Market in London. We meet some of the people who shop there, and fi nd out what they like about the market, and why they visit it.

Basic competence: Students fi nd out about Portobello Market in London.

BackgroundPortobello Market, in the Notting Hill area of West London, began in the 1860s as a food market. Portobello Road was named after a farm at one end of it, which in turn was named after the city of Puerto Bello in the Caribbean, captured by the British in 1739. The market is busiest on Saturdays. There are many other famous markets in London: Camden Lock, Brick Lane, Borough, Spitalfi elds, Smithfi eld (meat), Covent Garden, Columbia Road (fl owers), Petticoat Lane (clothes), etc.We hear a range of accents amongst the shoppers: Rebecca is English, Gayle is American, and Steve is Australian.‘Avocadoes’ is spelt wrongly on the market stall. This sort of mistake made by greengrocers is very common in the UK!

WarmerWith the sound off, play the fi rst footage of the market • (until Ellen appears). Ask: Where do you think this is? What is it?Write these key words on the board, and explain any • students don’t know.

Portobello Market –loads of –a show –great value for money –atmosphere –charming –a stall –avocadoes –a fl ea market –‘all the way from Battersea’ –vintage clothes –

Comprehension check

1 • Play the complete unit once without the subtitles, and then play the Comprehension check. Elicit answers before playing to check.

• Hand out the worksheets and ask students to do exercise 1 from memory. Then play the Comprehension check again to check.

Answers1 a 2 c 3 b 4 a

2 • Ask students to do exercise 2 from memory. Then play the complete unit again to check (with subtitles, if necessary, or with a copy of the transcript).

Answers1 He thinks it’s fantastic.2 Yes, there are. There are quite a lot of unusual shops. 3 She bought some avocadoes. 4 Steve talks about clothing and fashion. 5 Gayle talks about antiques. / Gayle and Jack talk about antiques.6 Ellen thinks it’s one of the best markets in London. 7 She thinks it’s really amazing. 8 No, he doesn’t (because he lives on the other side of London).

Vocabulary check

3 • Ask students to do exercise 3 from memory. Then play the video a fi nal time to check.

Answers1 CD 2 reggae 3 hip-hop 4 jazz 5 fresh 6 fashion

7 shoe 8 music

Extra activities

Reinforcement• Ask students to name fi ve things you can buy at the market.

Extension• Ask students to name ten things you can buy at the market.

AnswersBags, fruit and vegetables, clothes, bread, olives,

toys (puppets), antiques (typewriter, gramophone), clothes, used goods, new goods (cleaning products),

meat, shoes, necklaces, bracelets, baskets.

Grammar check

4 • Play the Grammar check. If you want to use this as a dictation, cover the on-screen sentences with a piece of paper. Play again, with the screen uncovered, for them to check.

• If you want to practise pronunciation, ask students to repeat these sentences.

• After watching the Grammar check, ask students to do exercise 4. This reinforces the grammar points and covers points not covered on the video. (Students do not need to watch the video to do this exercise.)

Answers1 isn’t 2 he is 3 her 4 usually 5 usually

6 now 7 every Saturday

Follow-upSpeaking:• In pairs, ask students to discuss these questions: What shops do you like? Why? Do you prefer shopping in markets or shops? Why?

157838 _ 0021-0040.indd 25157838 _ 0021-0040.indd 25 27/7/09 09:24:2727/7/09 09:24:27

Page 26: in tune 2

26Photocopiable: Richmond Publishing ® / © Santillana Educación, S.L. 2009

333DVD activitiesDVD activitiesDVD activitiesDVD activities

Comprehension check

Watch the video. Circle the correct option.1 Transport causes almost … of the UK’s 1 carbon emissions.

two thirdsa

a thirdb

halfc

How much carbon does a long-haul fl ight 2 emit?

One tonne per person.a

One tonne per year.b

One tonne per fl ight.c

What bus does Francesca take?3

The 371.a

The 271.b

The 277. c

What does Aston say about bus drivers?4

They’re really nice.a

They’re as cold as ice.b

They’re sometimes not very nice.c

Watch again. Who says these things?2

Jack | Jack | Ruby | RubyRene | Jordan | Sophia | Sophia

Sometimes I take the bus if I’m running 1 late. Jordan

And the rest of the days, my dad takes me 2 in the car.

I come to school every day by taking the 3 bus and then walking.

You can see your friends on the bus. 4

But if you do have to go by car, try not to 5 use the air conditioning.

I think it’s better if I take the bus more 6 often.

Have a seat, and let someone else do the 7 work for you.

No more than three people can ride in a 8 rickshaw.

1

Vocabulary check

Watch again. Underline the correct option.3 One 1 train/car emits one tonne of carbon per year.

Planes/Trains2 are even worse.

A train, the underground, a 3 tram/skateboard or a bus are some of the best types of transport.

Aston recommends 4 bicycles/rollerblades and jogging.

Jack rode past theatres, statues, 5 squares/stations and monuments.

In Trafalgar Square he saw the National 6 Museum/Gallery.

A rickshaw is more 7 comfortable/uncomfortable with two people.

Grammar check

Write 4 ✓ or ✗. Correct the errors.

Taking the bus is more fun than going by 1 car. ✓

Climate change is a biger problem today 2 than in the past.

Is a rickshaw safeer than a bus? 3

Cars are gooder for the environment than 4 planes.

On the hotest days of the year, many 5 people cycle.

Planes are probably the worst polluters. 6

157838 _ 0021-0040.indd 26157838 _ 0021-0040.indd 26 27/7/09 09:24:2727/7/09 09:24:27

Page 27: in tune 2

27Photocopiable: Richmond Publishing ® / © Santillana Educación, S.L. 2009

333DVD Teaching notesDVD Teaching notesDVD Teaching notesDVD Teaching notes

SummaryThe presenters discuss types of transport that pollute the environment. We then fi nd out how some students in London travel to school, and their ideas for environmentally friendly types of transport. Finally, Jack takes a trip on a rickshaw through central London.

Basic competence: Students learn about the impact that different forms of transport have on the environment.

BackgroundThe term ‘carbon emissions’ refers to the carbon dioxide that’s released when fossil fuels are burnt. Excess carbon dioxide, that cannot be absorbed by plants, contributes to global warming.The word ‘rickshaw’ comes from Japanese, and means ‘human-powered vehicle’. The fi rst rickshaws in the nineteenth century were pulled by runners, not bicycles. Today, bicycle rickshaws are extremely common in Dhaka, Bangladesh, and in many other parts of Asia. In London, they were introduced in 1995 by a charity that wanted to help disadvantaged people.

WarmerWith the sound off, show students the footage towards • the end of rickshaws in London. Ask: Where are we? Can you name any of the sights? (The Houses of Parliament, Admiralty Arch, Trafalgar Square) Can you name the forms of transport? (Rickshaws, cars, vans, bikes, black cabs – taxis.)Write these key words on the board, and explain any • students don’t know.

carbon emissions (carbon here is short for ‘carbon –dioxide’)a long-haul fl ight –to run late –air conditioning –fuel –a rickshaw –a wheel –solar panels –a ride/to ride –eco-friendly –

Comprehension check1 • Play the complete unit once without the subtitles,

and then play the Comprehension check. Elicit answers before playing to check.

• Hand out the worksheets and ask students to do exercise 1 from memory. Then play the Comprehension check again to check.

Answers1 b 2 a 3 b 4 c

2 • Ask students to do exercise 2 from memory. Then play the complete unit again to check (with subtitles, if necessary, or with a copy of the transcript).

Answers1 Jordan 2 Sophia 3 Rene 4 Jack 5 Ruby

6 Sophia 7 Jack 8 Ruby

Vocabulary check3 • Ask students to do exercise 3 from memory. Then

play the video a fi nal time to check.

Answers1 car 2 Planes 3 tram 4 bicycles 5 squares

6 Gallery 7 comfortable

Extra activities

Reinforcement• Write the two questions below on the board. Ask students to answer them as they watch the video. 1 How many students travel by bus?2 How many people think cycling is better for the

environment?

Extension• As above, but ask students also to write down the names of the students.

Answers1 8: Francesca, Joe (sometimes), Danika (and walks),

Aston, Jordan (sometimes), Sophia (on Mondays), Rene, Shanay (when it’s raining).

2 4: Aston, Ephia, Rene, Sophia.

Grammar check4 • Play the Grammar check. If you want to use this as a

dictation, cover the on-screen sentences with a piece of paper. Play again, with the screen uncovered, for them to check.

• If you want to practise pronunciation, ask students to repeat these sentences.

• After watching the Grammar check, ask students to do exercise 4. This reinforces the grammar points and covers points not covered on the video. (Students do not need to watch the video to do this exercise.)

Answers1 ✓2 ✗ Climate change is a bigger problem today than in

the past.3 ✗ Is a rickshaw safer than a bus?4 ✗ Cars are better for the environment than planes.5 ✗ On the hottest days of the year, many people cycle.6 ✓

Follow-upSpeaking:• In pairs, ask students to discuss these questions: What’s your favourite mode of transport? What’s the most unusual form of transport? How do you usually come to school? Is it good for the environment?Project: • In groups, ask students to plan ways of making the transport in their town more environmentally friendly. What types of transport will they introduce? (Rickshaws, segways, trams, school buses, etc.) What laws will they create? (Cars can only be used if full, cycle lanes, etc.) Encourage them to draw their ideas on a map of the town, if possible.

157838 _ 0021-0040.indd 27157838 _ 0021-0040.indd 27 27/7/09 09:24:2827/7/09 09:24:28

Page 28: in tune 2

28Photocopiable: Richmond Publishing ® / © Santillana Educación, S.L. 2009

444DVD activitiesDVD activitiesDVD activitiesDVD activities

Comprehension check

Watch the video. Circle the correct option.1 The Elephant Man’s real name was...1

Joseph Merrick.a

Frederick Treves.b

Eric Joseph. c

He was born in...2

1962.a

1852.b

1862. c

He worked as a...3

policeman.a

doctor. b

performer. c

After Dr Treves examined him, he went...4

to London.a

to Belgium.b

to Belfast. c

Watch the video again. Answer the 2 questions.

How old was Joseph when the fi rst 1 tumours on his face developed?

He was two or three.

What couldn’t Joseph fi nd easily, because 2 of his appearance?

What did Joseph lose in Belgium?3

When he returned to London, who brought 4 Joseph to the hospital?

Was Joseph happy at the hospital?5

How old was Joseph when he died?6

1

Who wrote the story of 7 The Elephant Man?

Did Joseph Merrick want to be like 8 everyone else?

Vocabulary check

Watch the video again. Complete the 3 sentences.

The Elephant Man had a deformed 1 face and head.

He couldn’t use his right 2 .

Joseph 3 a job as a performer.

The police 4 a card in Joseph’s pocket.

Joseph had to sleep with his 5 resting on his knees.

People 6 that Joseph suffered from a disease called elephantiasis.

He 7 such character!

People saw past his deformed head and 8 crippled .

Grammar check

Complete the sentences. Use the correct 4 form of was, could or did.

Joseph 1 wasn’t very happy in Belgium.

‘2 Joseph English?’ ‘Yes, he was.’

Joseph 3 born in London. He was born in Leicester.

‘Could Joseph live at the hospital?’ ‘Yes, he 4 .’

Joseph 5 sleep like other people. It wasn’t possible.

‘6 Frederick Treves help Joseph?’ ‘Yes, he did.’

‘Where 7 Joseph die?’ ‘He died in London.’

Joseph 8 want to be different. He wanted to be like everyone else.

157838 _ 0021-0040.indd 28157838 _ 0021-0040.indd 28 27/7/09 09:24:2827/7/09 09:24:28

Page 29: in tune 2

29Photocopiable: Richmond Publishing ® / © Santillana Educación, S.L. 2009

444DVD Teaching notesDVD Teaching notesDVD Teaching notesDVD Teaching notes

SummaryJack profi les Joseph Merrick, The Elephant Man. At the Royal London Hospital, we hear his life story from the archivist of an exhibition devoted to Merrick’s life.

Basic competence: Students learn about a fi gure in British history.

BackgroundThe Royal London Museum is part of The Royal London Hospital in Whitechapel (founded 1740). Dr Frederick Treves, who worked at the hospital, later wrote about Joseph Mer-rick in The Elephant Man and Other Reminiscences (1923).Joseph Merrick (1862–1890) became a celebrity in Victorian Britain, and was a favourite of Queen Victoria herself. His trade of sideshow performer was a common part of Victorian life, where people with deformities were displayed in public as ‘freaks’.

WarmerAsk: • Do you know who The Elephant Man is? If not, can you imagine? When did he live? Was he happy?Write these key words on the board, and explain any • students don’t know.

Joseph Merrick –Dr Frederick Treves –Leicester –deformed –a tumour –a performer –to be sorry for someone –an inherited disease –to make up a story –

Comprehension check1 • Play the complete unit once without the subtitles,

and then play the Comprehension check. Elicit answers before playing to check.

• Hand out the worksheets and ask students to do exercise 1 from memory. Then play the Comprehension check again to check.

Answers1 a 2 c 3 c 4 b

2 • Ask students to do exercise 2 from memory. Then play the complete unit again to check (with subtitles, if necessary, or with a copy of the transcript).

Answers1 He was two or three. 2 He couldn’t fi nd work easily. 3 He lost all his money.4 The police brought Joseph to the hospital.5 Yes, he was. 6 He was 28.7 Frederick Treves wrote the story of The Elephant Man.8 Yes, he did.

Vocabulary check3 • Ask students to do exercise 3 from memory. Then

play the video a fi nal time to check.

Answers1 face 2 hand 3 took 4 found 5 head 6 believed

7 had 8 body

Extra activities

Reinforcement• Write these two groups of words on the board. Ask students to match the words in A with the words in B. A mystery, grew, inherited, suffered from B Proteus Syndrome, steadily worse, disease, man

Extension• As above, but add these words. A a very unhappy, more B uncomfortable, trip

Answersmystery man grew steadily worse

inherited disease a very unhappy trip more uncomfortable suffered from Proteus

Syndrome

Grammar check4 • Play the Grammar check. If you want to use this as a

dictation, cover the on-screen sentences with a piece of paper. Play again, with the screen uncovered, for them to check.

• If you want to practise pronunciation, ask students to repeat these sentences.

• After watching the Grammar check, ask students to do exercise 4. This reinforces the grammar points and covers points not covered on the video. (Students do not need to watch the video to do this exercise.)

Answers1 wasn’t 2 Was 3 wasn’t 4 could 5 couldn’t

6 Did 7 did 8 didn’t

Follow-upCreative writing:• Ask students to imagine that they are Joseph Merrick. They should write a diary extract about what it feels like to have to earn a living by performing in a show.Film:• Students may be interested in the 1980 fi lm of The Elphant Man, directed by David Lynch, starring Anthony Hopkins and John Hurt.

157838 _ 0021-0040.indd 29157838 _ 0021-0040.indd 29 27/7/09 09:24:2827/7/09 09:24:28

Page 30: in tune 2

30Photocopiable: Richmond Publishing ® / © Santillana Educación, S.L. 2009

555DVD activitiesDVD activitiesDVD activitiesDVD activities

Comprehension check

Watch the video. Circle the correct option.1 Ruby and Jack talked to...1

lots of students about their experiences. a

some students about their experiences. b

lots of students about ghosts.c

Francesca had a dream, and the next day...2

she woke up at school.a

it happened at school.b

her school was strange. c

Danika was stuck in...3

the rain.a

a hurricane.b

a house. c

Peter was in a...4

hotel room.a

motel room.b

bedroom.c

Watch again. Who says these things?2

Jack | Jack | Ruby | Ruby | PeterDr Bird | Sophia | Rene

What was the fi rst thing you thought of? 1 Jack

I don’t believe it! The same thing 2 happened to me!

When my parents argue. 3

I had to throw it off the balcony. 4

I got chased by a goat. 5

Fear is the way we get ready for fi ght or 6 fl ight.

No way! What happened? 7

Someone chasing us is a common fear. 8

Vocabulary check

Watch again. Underline the correct 3 option.

Ruby asks if we can think of any 1 scary/strange experiences.

1

Jack asks about seeing 2 a ghost/an alien.

Amani was on a 3 train/bus when it crashed.

A squirrel 4 walked/jumped into Peter’s room.

Jack asks what happens to our 5 bodies/heads when we feel fear.

Our fear of being chased goes back to our 6 evolutionary past/stories.

Dr Bird says there’s an old link between 7 walking/running away and feeling afraid.

Jack is scared of 8 frogs/dogs.

Grammar check

Write 4 ✓ or ✗. Correct the errors.

There were a squirrel in Peter’s room. 1 ✗ There was a squirrel in Peter’s room.

There wasn’t a UFO in his room. 2

There wasn’t any other people in his room. 3

In the past, there was many dangerous 4 animals.

Why were people runing away? 5

Were animals chasing them? Yes, they 6 were.

The students weren’t talking about aliens. 7

Rene was running away, when the goat 8 suddenly was stopping.

157838 _ 0021-0040.indd 30157838 _ 0021-0040.indd 30 27/7/09 09:24:2827/7/09 09:24:28

Page 31: in tune 2

31Photocopiable: Richmond Publishing ® / © Santillana Educación, S.L. 2009

555DVD Teaching notesDVD Teaching notesDVD Teaching notesDVD Teaching notes

SummaryThe presenters ask students in London about strange or frightening experiences they’ve had. We then hear a psychologist’s explanation of fear, and of how our bodies react to frightening circumstances.

Basic competence: Students learn about the psychology of fear, and its evolutionary origins.

BackgroundStudents refl ect here on frightening or strange experiences. Dr Julian Bird explains the psychological ‘fi ght or fl ight response’ and its links to our evolutionary past. We also consider phobias, such as Jack’s phobia of dogs. Phobias are anxiety disorders triggered by an irrational fear of specifi c places, things, people or situations.

WarmerAsk: • Can you think of any very strange or scary experiences from your past?Write these key words on the board, and explain any • students don’t know.

to happen –to crash –to get stuck –to argue –a squirrel, a goat, to bark –fear, to be afraid/scared, scary –‘fi ght or fl ight’ –our surroundings –to run away from, to get chased by something –a link –

Comprehension check1 • Play the complete unit once without the subtitles,

and then play the Comprehension check. Elicit answers before playing to check.

• Hand out the worksheets and ask students to do exercise 1 from memory. Then play the Comprehension check again to check.

Answers1 a 2 b 3 b 4 a

2 • Ask students to do exercise 2 from memory. Then play the complete unit again to check (with subtitles, if necessary, or with a copy of the transcript).

Answers1 Jack 2 Jack 3 Sophia 4 Peter 5 Rene

6 Dr Bird 7 Ruby 8 Ruby

Vocabulary check3 • Ask students to do exercise 3 from memory. Then

play the video a fi nal time to check.

Answers1 strange 2 a ghost 3 bus 4 jumped 5 bodies

6 past 7 running 8 dogs

Extra activities

Reinforcement• Write these words on the board. Ask students to copy and then underline the ones they hear.A UFO sighting/fi lmthe very same day/the very next dayfeel fear/feel afraidprimitive roots/primitive boots

Extension• As above, but add these words:primitive reaction/primitive responseto fi ght or be/to fl ight or fl eea fear response/a fear reaction

AnswersA UFO sighting the very next day

primitive response feel fear to fl ight or fl ee primitive roots a fear reaction

Grammar check4 • Play the Grammar check. If you want to use this as a

dictation, cover the on-screen sentences with a piece of paper. Play again, with the screen uncovered, for them to check.

• If you want to practise pronunciation, ask students to repeat these sentences.

• After watching the Grammar check, ask students to do exercise 4. This reinforces the grammar points and covers points not covered on the video. (Students do not need to watch the video to do this exercise.)

Answers1 ✗ There was a squirrel in Peter’s room.2 ✓3 ✗ There weren’t any other people in his room. 4 ✗ In the past, there were many dangerous animals.5 ✗ Why were people running away?6 ✓7 ✓8 ✗ Rene was running away, when the goat suddenly

stopped.

Follow-upSpeaking:• In pairs, students discuss: What are you afraid of, and why?

157838 _ 0021-0040.indd 31157838 _ 0021-0040.indd 31 27/7/09 09:24:2827/7/09 09:24:28

Page 32: in tune 2

32Photocopiable: Richmond Publishing ® / © Santillana Educación, S.L. 2009

666DVD activitiesDVD activitiesDVD activitiesDVD activities

Comprehension check

Watch the video. Circle the correct option.1 In the UK, people watch TV for an average 1 of...

96 hours a week.a

6 hours a week.b

25 hours a week.c

The inventor of the world’s fi rst working 2 television system was...

an English engineer called John Logie a Baird.

a Scottish engineer called John Logie b Baird.

a Swedish engineer called Jonas Logie c Bergman.

The fi rst public TVs sold between...3

1930 and 1933.a

1940 and 1943. b

1933 and 1943. c

In 1968 there were about...4

1.4 million homes with TVs.a

15 million homes with TVs.b

5 million homes with TVs.c

Watch again. Write 2 ✓ or ✗. Correct the errors.

Baird read stories of travel to the moon and 1 being invisible ✓

By 1947, fourteen thousand homes had 2 TVs.

Children and young people watch around 3 two and a half hours of TV a night.

Ruby says we never watch adverts. 4

The fi rst TV advert, in 1941, cost millions 5 of dollars.

1

There are four TVs in Harry’s home. 6

Sophia watches fi ve or six hours of TV a 7 week.

Peter saw the Chinese earthquake on a 8 documentary.

Vocabulary check

Watch again. Complete the sentences. 3 What is the most common free-time 1

activity in the UK?

Jack says that 2 shows are popular, of course.

Francesca watches a couple of 3 a day.

Aston’s favourite programmes are 4 programmes.

Danika likes watching 5 .

Shanay watches 6 when she’s bored.

Sophia likes soaps and 7 programmes.

Jack says a lot of the students like 8 watching .

Grammar check

Underline the correct option. 4 Most1 /Any people have a TV.But some people don’t have 2 time/a time to watch TV.Peter doesn’t watch 3 many/much TV. In 1910, there weren’t 4 some/any TVs.Jack tells us 5 some/any ideas for names for the fi rst TV. ‘How many reality shows do you watch?’ 6 ‘None/Not some. I hate them!’Young people don’t spend 7 many/much time watching TV. Shanay’s family haven’t got 8 some/many TVs.

157838 _ 0021-0040.indd 32157838 _ 0021-0040.indd 32 27/7/09 09:24:2827/7/09 09:24:28

Page 33: in tune 2

33Photocopiable: Richmond Publishing ® / © Santillana Educación, S.L. 2009

666DVD Teaching notesDVD Teaching notesDVD Teaching notesDVD Teaching notes

SummaryThe presenters tell us about the history of television. We then fi nd out the TV habits of students in London, and what their favourite programmes are.

Basic competence: Students learn about the history of television, and discover what British students watch on TV.

BackgroundJohn Logie Baird (1888–1946) was the fi rst person to demonstrate a working television system, in 1928. Baird invited members of the Royal Institution to his laboratory in Soho, London to witness the experiment. The following year, Baird transmitted images from London to Glasgow, and in 1929 from London to New York. Eventually, however, his early mechanical system was replaced by an electrical system, which Marconi had been working on in the USA.

WarmerAsk: • What are your favourite TV programmes? What was the most important TV moment for you?Write these key words on the board, and explain any • students don’t know.

it makes sense –a lot of debate about something –a TV set, TV channels –adverts –the sitting room –wrestling –to expect something –

Comprehension check1 • Play the complete unit once without the subtitles,

and then play the Comprehension check. Elicit answers before playing to check.

• Hand out the worksheets and ask students to do exercise 1 from memory. Then play the Comprehension check again to check.

Answers1 c 2 b 3 a 4 b

2 • Ask students to do exercise 2 from memory. Then play the complete unit again to check (with subtitles, if necessary, or with a copy of the transcript).

Answers1 ✓2 ✗ By 1947, fi fteen thousand homes had TVs.3 ✓4 ✗ Ruby says we watch adverts all the time. 5 ✗ The fi rst TV advert, in 1941, cost nine dollars.6 ✓7 ✗ Sophia watches fi ve or six hours of TV a day.8 ✗ Peter saw the Chinese earthquake on the news.

Vocabulary check3 • Ask students to do exercise 3 from memory. Then

play the video a fi nal time to check.

Answers1 activity 2 reality 3 programmes 4 sport(s)

5 sitcoms 6 cartoons 7 children’s 8 documentaries

Extra activities

Reinforcement• Ask students to make a note of who has the most TVs at home, and which students watch the most TV.

AnswersJack (5); Sophia (5 or 6 hours a day) or Shanay (lots

of TV)

Extension• Ask students to write down how many TVs each student has at home, and how much TV each student watches.

AnswersFrancesca 3; Danika 3; Harry 4; Shanay 2; Joe 4

Aston: 2 hours a day; Francesca: a couple of programmes a day; Harry: 3 to 4 hours a day;

Shanay: lots of TV; Peter: not very much; Sophia: 5 or 6 hours a day

Grammar check4 • Play the Grammar check. If you want to use this as a

dictation, cover the on-screen sentences with a piece of paper. Play again, with the screen uncovered, for them to check.

• If you want to practise pronunciation, ask students to repeat these sentences.

• After watching the Grammar check, ask students to do exercise 4. This reinforces the grammar points and covers points not covered on the video. (Students do not need to watch the video to do this exercise.)

Answers1 Most 2 time 3 much 4 any 5 some 6 None

7 much 8 many

Follow-upSpeaking:• In pairs, ask students to discuss Jack’s questions: How many TVs are there in your house? How much time do you spend sitting in front of the TV?Debate:• Divide the class in half: Is TV good or bad?Quest:• What’s the most common free-time activity in your country?

157838 _ 0021-0040.indd 33157838 _ 0021-0040.indd 33 27/7/09 09:24:2827/7/09 09:24:28

Page 34: in tune 2

34Photocopiable: Richmond Publishing ® / © Santillana Educación, S.L. 2009

777DVD activitiesDVD activitiesDVD activitiesDVD activities

Comprehension check

Watch the video. Circle the correct answer.1 Skateboarding is a world with...1

its own language. a its own rules. b its own code. c

Skateboarding is the favourite sport for...2 eighteen million people. a more than eighteen million people.b eight million people. c

Skateboarding began in the...3 1970s.a 1940s.b 1966. c

The fi rst skatepark opened in...4 California. a New York. b Florida.c

Watch again. Complete the sentences. 2 Tim says that skateboarding is a great 1 activity to raise the heart rate .

In the 1940s, people called skateboarding 2 .

In the 1970s, Frank Nasworthy made a 3 board with .

In the 70s, skateboarders were associated 4 with .

Hip-hop transformed skateboarding in the 5 .

Skateboarding is more than a sport. It’s a 6 .

Ruby says, ‘Just get on the board and do 7 what comes .’

Vocabulary checkWatch again. True or false? Correct the 3 false answers.

Experts say that teenagers should exercise 1 regularly in order to stay healthy.

True.

Tim says that skateboarding is great for 2 your back muscles.

1

In the 1940s, swimmers were looking for 3 something to do for fun.

Skateboarding is an adventure sport, like 4 mountain biking and walking.

You must wear elbow and shoulder pads. 5

Once you get on the board, you should 6 decide which foot goes in front.

It’s easy: your head tells you what to do. 7

Grammar check

Complete the sentences with these words.4

mustn’t | mustn’t | must | what what | should | shouldn’t | do

What 1 should you wear to go skateboarding?

You 2 go skateboarding without protective equipment. It’s dangerous.

You 3 try diffi cult things on your fi rst day. It’s not a good idea.

You shouldn’t only 4 strength training.

Should you decide which foot goes in 5 front? Yes, you .

6 must I do if I go skateboarding? You must be careful.

You 7 listen to the instructor.

You 8 lift too much weight. It can be dangerous.

157838 _ 0021-0040.indd 34157838 _ 0021-0040.indd 34 27/7/09 09:24:2827/7/09 09:24:28

Page 35: in tune 2

35Photocopiable: Richmond Publishing ® / © Santillana Educación, S.L. 2009

777DVD Teaching notesDVD Teaching notesDVD Teaching notesDVD Teaching notes

SummaryThe presenters and a P.E. teacher discuss skateboarding as a way of doing exercise. Ruby then tells us about the history of skateboarding.

Basic competence: Students learn about skateboarding, and about the importance of doing both aerobic exercise and strength training in order to keep fi t.

BackgroundAerobic exercise takes place when the body consumes oxygen, and is contrasted with anaerobic exercise, which includes weight and strength training. A healthy lifestyle should include both types of exercise.

WarmerAsk: • What types of exercise should we do? Does anyone in the class do skateboarding? Is skateboarding a good form of exercise?Write these key words on the board, and explain any • students don’t know.

to push off –back then –injuries –the image of skaters –equipment –weight –

Comprehension check1 • Play the complete unit once without the subtitles,

and then play the Comprehension check. Elicit answers before playing to check.

• Hand out the worksheets and ask students to do exercise 1 from memory. Then play the Comprehension check again to check.

Answers1 a 2 b 3 b 4 c

2 • Ask students to do exercise 2 from memory. Then play the complete unit again to check (with subtitles, if necessary, or with a copy of the transcript).

Answers1 heart rate 2 sidewalk surfi ng 3 better wheels 4 punk culture 5 1990s 6 lifestyle 7 naturally

Vocabulary check3 • Ask students to do exercise 3 from memory. Then

play the video a fi nal time to check.

Answers1 True –2 False – Tim says that skateboarding is great for your

leg muscles.3 False – In the 1940s, surfers were looking for

something to do for fun.4 False – Skateboarding is an adventure sport, like

mountain biking and snowboarding. 5 False – You must wear elbow pads and knee pads. 6 True –7 False – It’s easy: your body tells you what to do.

Extra activities

Reinforcement• Write these words on the board. Ask students to copy and then tick the ones they hear.stay healthy be wealthy great activity adventure sport Olympic Games a fashion statement rollerblading regular exercise

Extension• As above, but add more words. fabulous time many injuries rebellious get on the board

Answersstay healthy great activity many injuries

rebellious adventure sport a fashion statement get on the board regular exercise

Grammar check4 • Play the Grammar check. If you want to use this as a

dictation, cover the on-screen sentences with a piece of paper. Play again, with the screen uncovered, for them to check.

• If you want to practise pronunciation, ask students to repeat these sentences.

• After watching the Grammar check, ask students to do exercise 4. This reinforces the grammar points and covers points not covered on the video. (Students do not need to watch the video to do this exercise.)

Answers1 What 2 mustn’t 3 shouldn’t 4 do 5 should

6 what 7 must 8 mustn’t

Follow-upSpeaking: In pairs, ask students to discuss these • questions: What sports do you do? Are they aerobic or anaerobic types of exercise?

157838 _ 0021-0040.indd 35157838 _ 0021-0040.indd 35 27/7/09 09:24:2927/7/09 09:24:29

Page 36: in tune 2

36Photocopiable: Richmond Publishing ® / © Santillana Educación, S.L. 2009

888DVD activitiesDVD activitiesDVD activitiesDVD activities

Comprehension check

Watch the video. Circle the correct option.1 UNICEF wanted to know how...1

adults felt about the future.a

young people felt about things.b

young people felt about the future. c

They talked with more than fi fteen 2 thousand people...

on the telephone.a

face-to-face.b

face-to-face and on the telephone. c

Two thirds of young people say...3

they’re unhappy.a

they get good news every day.b

they’re happy.c

Children worry most about family 4 problems, getting bad marks and...

economic problems.a

relationships.b

their appearance. c

Watch again. Who says these things?2

Peter | Dr Bird | Jack | Leslie | EphiaRuby | Aston | Leslie

Most children are optimistic about the 1 future. Jack

But one in ten are negative about the 2 future.

Children see the future in many ways, I 3 suppose.

Expectations of the future are not always 4 realistic.

Young people now are, by and large, more 5 confi dent.

I think the future will be quite similar. 6

I want to know if the future will be safe. 7

I think that I will have two children. 8

1

Vocabulary check

Watch again. Complete the sentences. 3 Being with 1 friends is the number one reason why young people are happy.

Children also worry about the 2 environment, getting a , politics and war.

Leslie says that children want to go to 3 many .

Francesca wants to know if she will have 4 .

Amani thinks that she’ll get 5 .

Shanay thinks she’ll have 6 .

Jordan thinks he’ll be 7 .

Grammar checkWrite 4 ✓ or ✗. Correct the errors.

What will our lives be like in the future?1 ✓

‘Will Francesca be rich and famous?’ ‘No, 2 she isn’t.’

She’ll probably be happy. 3

Ephia probably won’t to want a car. 4

In next ten years, Sophia will be an actress. 5

Twenty years now, many of the students 6 will be married.

They’re going to go out this weekend. 7

They’re not going think about school. 8

157838 _ 0021-0040.indd 36157838 _ 0021-0040.indd 36 27/7/09 09:24:2927/7/09 09:24:29

Page 37: in tune 2

37Photocopiable: Richmond Publishing ® / © Santillana Educación, S.L. 2009

888DVD Teaching notesDVD Teaching notesDVD Teaching notesDVD Teaching notes

SummaryThe presenters discuss a UNICEF survey about how young people see the future. We then fi nd out what some students in London think about their future, and contrast this with the views of a teacher.

Basic competence: Students refl ect on how young people see the future.

BackgroundUNICEF (The United Nations Children’s Fund) was created in 1946. The survey discussed by the presenters refl ects the vast range of circumstances in which children live around the world. We learn about what can make children feel happy or sad, from dealing with war to worrying about exams.

WarmerAsk: • Are you optimistic about the future? What do you think life will be like? Will you get married and have children? Will you be rich and famous?Write these key words on the board, and explain any • students don’t know.

UNICEF –a survey –bad marks –war –crime and violence –fancy –to take charge of something –upgraded –charities –

Comprehension check1 • Play the complete unit once without the subtitles,

and then play the Comprehension check. Elicit answers before playing to check.

• Hand out the worksheets and ask students to do exercise 1 from memory. Then play the Comprehension check again to check.

Answers1 c 2 a 3 c 4 a

2 • Ask students to do exercise 2 from memory. Then play the complete unit again to check (with subtitles, if necessary, or with a copy of the transcript).

Answers1 Jack 2 Ruby 3 Leslie 4 Leslie 5 Dr Bird

6 Aston 7 Sophia 8 Peter

Vocabulary check

3 • Ask students to do exercise 3 from memory. Then play the video a fi nal time to check.

Answers1 friends 2 job 3 places 4 money 5 married

6 children 7 rich

Extra activities

Reinforcement• Ask the students to make a note of how many students will get married.

Extension• As above, but ask students also to note how many will have children.

Answers8 (Jordan, Amani, Rene, Shanay, Arthur, Ephia, Peter, Sophia)9 (Jordan, Amani, Rene, Francesca, Shanay, Arthur, Ephia, Peter, Sophia)

Grammar check4 • Play the Grammar check. If you want to use this as a

dictation, cover the on-screen sentences with a piece of paper. Play again, with the screen uncovered, for them to check.

• If you want to practise pronunciation, ask students to repeat these sentences.

• After watching the Grammar check, ask students to do exercise 4. This reinforces the grammar points and covers points not covered on the video. (Students do not need to watch the video to do this exercise.)

Answers1 ✓2 ✗ ‘Will Francesca be rich and famous?’ ‘No, she

won’t.’3 ✓4 ✗ Ephia probably won’t want a car.5 ✗ In the next ten years, Sophia will be an actress.6 ✗ Twenty years from now, many of the students will

be married.7 ✓8 ✗ They’re not going to think about school.

Follow-upSpeaking:• In pairs, ask students to discuss: What do you think you’ll do in the future?

157838 _ 0021-0040.indd 37157838 _ 0021-0040.indd 37 27/7/09 09:24:2927/7/09 09:24:29

Page 38: in tune 2

38Photocopiable: Richmond Publishing ® / © Santillana Educación, S.L. 2009

999DVD activitiesDVD activitiesDVD activitiesDVD activities

Comprehension check

Watch the video. Circle the correct answer.1 Jack and Ruby talk about how we can 1 make our world...

a nicer place. a

a better place. b

a greener place.c

Ruby asks if you feel strongly about the 2 environment,...

education, poverty or animal rights.a

poverty or human rights. b

education, poverty or climate change. c

Ruby wanted to know what type of person...3

likes Greenpeace. a

works with Greenpeace.b

helps Greenpeace. c

Laura fi rst became involved with green 4 issues while she was...

at university.a

on holiday. b

at school.c

Watch again. Answer the questions. 2 Why does Ruby want to make it a really 1 important show?

Because today is their last show.

What type of group was Laura in at school?2

What’s another name for climate change?3

What did Laura do fi rst when she left 4 university?

Who can you get together with in your 5 local community?

1

Who can you write to?6

Where can you fi nd information about 7 ways to make a difference?

Vocabulary check

Watch again. Underline the correct 3 option.

We can make the world a better place by 1 making/taking action.

The Greenpeace mission is to 2 promote/support peace.

Laura encouraged other students to 3 recycle/cycle rubbish.

At a domestic level, we can 4 create/save energy.

At a political level, you can 5 use/put pressure on your politicians.

There are many different ways to 6 do/make a difference.

Grammar check

Complete the sentences with these words.4

if | nothing | everywhere | won’twon’t | everybody | will | everything

My mum says there’s 1 nothing you can do to stop climate change.

But I don’t agree. 2 can help.

What 3 you do this weekend if it’s sunny?

I’ll cycle to the park, 4 it doesn’t rain.

Will you go by car, if it rains? No, I 5 .

If more people use public transport, there 6 be so much pollution.

Think about 7 you use. Can you recycle it?

There are Greenpeace offi ces 8 . You should join now.

157838 _ 0021-0040.indd 38157838 _ 0021-0040.indd 38 27/7/09 09:24:2927/7/09 09:24:29

Page 39: in tune 2

39Photocopiable: Richmond Publishing ® / © Santillana Educación, S.L. 2009

999DVD Teaching notesDVD Teaching notesDVD Teaching notesDVD Teaching notes

SummaryThe presenters discuss different causes that people feel strongly about. We then hear what someone who worked for Greenpeace has to say about her cause. She also gives us advice on how we can take action.

Basic competence: Students learn about climate change and political campaigning.

BackgroundGreenpeace began in 1971 when anti-war protesters sailed to Alaska to witness American nuclear weapons testing. Greenpeace campaigns today include tackling climate change, nuclear power and toxic chemicals, protecting forests and oceans, and promoting peace.

WarmerAsk: • Are there any causes you feel strongly about? Are you doing anything about it? What do you know about Greenpeace?Write these key words on the board, and explain any • students don’t know.

a mission –to protect –to become involved in something –campaigns, campaigner –renewable energy –rubbish –conscious –a threat –to volunteer –spare time –to dedicate –at a … level –to put pressure on someone –

Comprehension check1 • Play the complete unit once without the subtitles,

and then play the Comprehension check. Elicit answers before playing to check.

• Hand out the worksheets and ask students to do exercise 1 from memory. Then play the Comprehension check again to check.

Answers1 b 2 a 3 b 4 c

2 • Ask students to do exercise 2 from memory. Then play the complete unit again to check (with subtitles, if necessary, or with a copy of the transcript).

Answers1 Because today is their last show. 2 She was in a ‘green group’.3 Another name for climate change is global warming.4 She volunteered in various small charities.5 You can get together with friends and neighbours.6 You can write to (your local) politicians.7 You can fi nd information on the Internet.

Vocabulary check

3 • Ask students to do exercise 3 from memory. Then play the video a fi nal time to check.

Answers1 taking 2 promote 3 recycle 4 save

5 put 6 make

Extra activities

Reinforcement• Write these words on the board. Ask students to match the words in A with the words in B. A doing a global spare local B community organization time charity work

Answersdoing charity work a global organization

run campaigns spare time local community national campaigns

Grammar check4 • Play the Grammar check. If you want to use this as a

dictation, cover the on-screen sentences with a piece of paper. Play again, with the screen uncovered, for them to check.

• If you want to practise pronunciation, ask students to repeat these sentences.

• After watching the Grammar check, ask students to do exercise 4. This reinforces the grammar points and covers points not covered on the video. (Students do not need to watch the video to do this exercise.)

Answers1 nothing 2 Everybody 3 will 4 if 5 won’t

6 won’t 7 everything 8 everywhere

Follow-upSpeaking:• In pairs, ask students to answer these questions: What changes can you make at home to save energy and to recycle? And at school? And in your local community?

157838 _ 0021-0040.indd 39157838 _ 0021-0040.indd 39 27/7/09 09:24:2927/7/09 09:24:29

Page 40: in tune 2

157838 _ 0021-0040.indd 40157838 _ 0021-0040.indd 40 27/7/09 09:24:2927/7/09 09:24:29

Page 41: in tune 2

41Photocopiable: Richmond Publishing ® / © Santillana Educación, S.L. 2009

1111DVD transcriptDVD transcriptDVD transcriptDVD transcript

IN THE STUDIO

RUBY and JACK Hi!RUBY Hey, Jack, what do you think… What’s

really important in life?JACK Well, there’s football.RUBY OK, and…?JACK I don’t know. World peace? Actually, my

friends are really important to me.RUBY That’s the answer most people give! But

how do we choose our friends, especially our best friends?

JACK ‘Birds of a feather fl ock together.’RUBY I guess friends often like the same things.JACK Right. My friends and I like playing

football. And we’re all Arsenal fans.RUBY But what makes your best friend special?JACK Dan? I don’t know. We see each other every

day. He’s very cheerful. And we’re both lazy. We like sitting and watching TV together.

RUBY Well, according to psychologists, it’s important for friends to share things. Friends share secrets, give support…

JACK That makes sense.RUBY You know what else?JACK What?RUBY We think we choose our friends because

of who they are, but really, it’s because of how they see us!

JACK You mean: my best friend likes me, so I like me, too.

RUBY Yep!JACK But do you think all this psychology stuff’s

true?RUBY Well, let’s fi nd out. We talked to some best

friends. Let’s see what they said.

STUDENTS, LONDON

What is your best friend like?AMANI She’s outgoing, happy and kind.EPHIA Er, she’s funny, she’s sneaky and kind.FRANCESCA Um, friendly, funny. Sometimes a

bit weird.SOPHIA Really fun to play with, and she’s always

there if you’re in a tangle with another person.

What do you like doing together?AMANI We like going to the pictures.EPHIA We like singing together.FRANCESCA We like going swimming, going to

the cinemas, having sleepovers.

SOPHIA Playing and having sleepovers.

What is your favourite thing about your friend?AMANI My favourite thing about her is that

she’s funny.EPHIA She’s always there for me.FRANCESCA My favourite thing about Sophia

is that she’s funny and friendly to me. Whenever I’m upset or down, she’ll make me laugh.

SOPHIA She’s fun to play with.

Are you similar or different? AMANI We’re very similar. The way we look, and

sometimes the way we speak.EPHIA Kind of similar. Well, we have the same

hobbies and we both like to sing. And we sit in the same places in Maths, Science and Art.

FRANCESCA I think we’re similar because we have the same hobbies and we like doing the same things.

SOPHIA Um, she’s a girlie girl, and I can sometimes be a girlie girl, but I mostly like being a tomboy, so we’ve got different personalities. But we have, like, the same grades and stuff.

Is there something about your friend that makes you smile when you think of it?

FRANCESCA When she smiles, it makes me smile. And when she laughs, her laugh is funny, so we all laugh.

SOPHIA She cracks a smile on your face when she tries to act funny, when she’s not actually funny. But it makes you laugh at the same time.

IN THE STUDIO

JACK So, I guess it’s true. They like doing similar things.

RUBY And they say their friends are ‘there for them.’

JACK But they’re also different: one’s confi dent, and the other’s shy.

RUBY Well, they probably admire the things that make them different.

JACK So they make each other feel good about who they are.

RUBY So, what about you? Are you similar or different to your friends?

JACK And what do you like doing together?

157838 _ 0041-0058.indd 41157838 _ 0041-0058.indd 41 3/8/09 11:41:223/8/09 11:41:22

Page 42: in tune 2

42Photocopiable: Richmond Publishing ® / © Santillana Educación, S.L. 2009

1111DVD transcriptDVD transcriptDVD transcriptDVD transcript

Comprehension check

Question 1

Jack sees his best friend...

every week.a every day. b ✓

every other day. c

JACK Dan? I don’t know. We see each other every day.

Question 2

Psychologists say it’s important for friends...

to have secrets.a to buy rings.b to share things. c ✓

RUBY Well, according to psychologists, it’s important for friends to share things. Friends share secrets, give support…

Question 3

We choose our friends...

for how they see us. a ✓

for who they are. b because they are nice.c

RUBY We think we choose our friends because of who they are, but really, it’s because of how they see us!

Question 4

Sophia’s best friend is really...

fun to stay with. a fun to play with. b ✓

fun every day.c

SOPHIA Really fun to play with.

Grammar check

Present simple

EPHIA And we sit in the same places in Maths, Science and Art.

Adverbs of frequency

RUBY I guess friends often like the same things.

EPHIA She’s always there for me.

Present simple: questions

RUBY But how do we choose our friends, especially our best friends?

like + -ing form

AMANI We like going to the pictures.

EPHIA We like singing together.

157838 _ 0041-0058.indd 42157838 _ 0041-0058.indd 42 3/8/09 11:41:223/8/09 11:41:22

Page 43: in tune 2

43Photocopiable: Richmond Publishing ® / © Santillana Educación, S.L. 2009

2222DVD transcriptDVD transcriptDVD transcriptDVD transcript

IN THE STUDIO

RUBY Jack! Jack! Jack! What are you doing?JACK Right now?RUBY Right now.JACK Listening to this new fantastic CD. I found

it last weekend at Portobello Market. It’s fantastic!

RUBY You said that.JACK I can’t stop listening to it! I have loads of

CDs, but this one’s just…fantastic!RUBY I can see that. But this is no time to be

listening to reggae. We…JACK It’s not reggae! Listen: it’s hip-hop.RUBY So you’re listening to hip-hop now? But

you usually listen to… This is no time to be listening to pop, rock, classical, latino or jazz! We have a show to do. Say hello!

JACK Oh, sorry. Hello! Well, actually, this is the perfect introduction for our show because I found this CD at Portobello Market. And that’s what we’re talking about today.

AT PORTOBELLO MARKET

JACK Right now, we’re walking along Portobello Road, and as you can see, it’s very crowded here. That’s because Portobello Market is very famous, all over the world. Every Saturday, thousands of Londoners and tourists come here to shop. So, let’s fi nd out why some of the people are here.

ELLEN I like shopping here because you get great value for money, the quality is really good, it’s fresh, and it’s cheap.

REBECCA There’s a relaxed atmosphere. There’s quite a lot of unusual shops. I like the market. I like buying fruit and vegetables in the market. It’s not too expensive.

GAYLE Um, I don’t know. It’s just charming. It’s, like, antiques and stuff like that. I don’t know. Unique stuff, I guess.

JACK Portobello Market has got lots of different sections: antiques, fashion, used goods, new goods, and fruit and vegetables. And it’s got all the normal shops too: a shoe shop, a chemist…

REBECCA Today I bought some avocadoes from the stall over there. And I bought them because they’re really fresh, they’re really delicious, so that’s good. And I bought them because I love avocadoes.

STEVE It’s a bit of a fl ea market, so lots of everything. Cheaper type stuff, but it’s still good. It’s just a broad spectrum of probably more clothing and fashion type stuff, but yeah…

ELLEN Great variety, quality and the price is really good. I come all the way from Battersea. I think it’s one of the best markets in London.

IN THE STUDIO

RUBY Yeah, Portobello is really amazing. My mum and I go every weekend because we live nearby. And we usually buy all our fruit and vegetables there.

JACK It was a real adventure for me, because I live on the other side of London so I don’t go very often.

RUBY What was your favourite part?JACK Well, it was all really cool, but I liked the

music shops, of course. And some of the vintage clothes. They’re old, but they’re fantastic!

RUBY So, what shops do you like?

157838 _ 0041-0058.indd 43157838 _ 0041-0058.indd 43 3/8/09 11:41:223/8/09 11:41:22

Page 44: in tune 2

44Photocopiable: Richmond Publishing ® / © Santillana Educación, S.L. 2009

2222DVD transcriptDVD transcriptDVD transcriptDVD transcript

Comprehension check

Question 1

Jack bought his new CD...

last weekend. a ✓

two weeks ago.b last week. c

JACK Listening to this new fantastic CD. I found it last weekend at Portobello Market.

Question 2

Portobello Market is famous...

all over the UK.a in London.b all over the world. c ✓

JACK That’s because Portobello Market is very famous, all over the world.

Question 3

Ellen says things in the market...

aren’t cheap.a are of good quality. b ✓

are of bad quality. c

ELLEN I like shopping here because you get great value for money, the quality is really good, it’s fresh, and it’s cheap.

Question 4

Rebecca thinks the market is...

relaxed. a ✓

fun. b quiet. c

REBECCA There’s a relaxed atmosphere.

Grammar check

Present continuous

RUBY What are you doing?

JACK Right now, we’re walking along Portobello Road.

Object pronouns

JACK I can’t stop listening to it!

WOMAN B I bought them because they’re really fresh, they’re really delicious, so that’s good. And I bought them because I love avocadoes.

Time expressions

JACK Every Saturday, thousands of Londoners and tourists come here to shop.

RUBY Yeah, Portobello is really amazing. My mum and I go every weekend because we live nearby. And we usually buy all our fruit and vegetables there.

157838 _ 0041-0058.indd 44157838 _ 0041-0058.indd 44 3/8/09 11:41:223/8/09 11:41:22

Page 45: in tune 2

45Photocopiable: Richmond Publishing ® / © Santillana Educación, S.L. 2009

3333DVD transcriptDVD transcriptDVD transcriptDVD transcript

IN THE STUDIO

RUBY Climate change is one of the most important challenges in today’s society, and transport is responsible for almost a third of all carbon emissions in the UK.

JACK Did you know that one car emits one tonne of carbon per year?

RUBY And planes are even worse: one long-haul fl ight emits one tonne of carbon per person!

JACK So, what can we do about it? We asked people how they usually travel.

STUDENTS, LONDON

FRANCESCA I come to school every day on a 271 bus.

JOE I usually come on the... in my mum’s car, but sometimes I get the bus.

DANIKA I take the bus, but I have to walk for a while afterwards.

ASTON I like taking the bus most days, but sometimes bus drivers are not very nice.

JORDAN Normally I walk to school. Sometimes I take the bus if I’m running late.

SOPHIA Mondays I go on the bus, because my parents, both my parents can’t take me because my mum has to take my brother, and my dad’s not there. And the rest of the days, my dad takes me in the car.

RENE I come to school every day by taking the bus and then walking.

SHANAY When it’s raining I probably take the bus.

IN THE STUDIO

JACK We were happy to see that so many students take the bus to school. Because taking the bus is better than going by car.

RUBY Yes. In fact, taking public transport, whether it’s a train, the underground, a tram or a bus, is one of the best ways to protect the environment.

JACK And it’s more fun: you can see your friends on the bus.

RUBY But if you do have to go by car, try not to use the air conditioning: it uses ten per cent more fuel.

JACK It’s better not to go by car at all. Here’s what you can do instead.

STUDENTS, LONDON

TYLER I think better transportation for the environment would probably be more people actually walk to school.

ASTON Other forms of transport that are good to use are bicycles and jogging.

EPHIA Cycling.RENE Cycle.ARTHUR Walking.SOPHIA I think it’s better if I take the bus

more often, because it’s better for the environment. And not a car.

RUBY And we found an even more interesting alternative on the streets of London: rickshaws!

JACK They’re a great way to get around: faster than walking and easier than cycling. Just watch!

IN CENTRAL LONDON

JACK In the centre of London, especially in Soho and the West End, where it’s busiest, you can see lots of rickshaws. Also called pedicabs, trishaws and biketaxis, rickshaws have usually got three wheels, but there are some models with four. Have a seat and let someone else do the work for you. The best thing of all is that there are no carbon emissions. Scientists are also developing high-tech, solar-powered rickshaws. These models run on a combination of solar energy and old-fashioned peddling. Rickshaws are a fun and safe way to get from the theatre to a restaurant, from one shopping district to another, or to do some sightseeing. Some companies offer historical tours by rickshaw. On our trip we rode down the streets of London, past theatres, statues, squares and monuments. We even went to Trafalgar Square and saw the National Gallery.

IN THE STUDIO

JACK You know, next time I visit the centre with my family, we’re going to take a rickshaw!

RUBY Just be careful. No more than three people can ride in a rickshaw, and it’s most comfortable with two.

JACK I know, I know. And it’s best to avoid long rides.

RUBY All in all, though, rickshaws are an excellent, eco-friendly transport alternative for the centre of London.

JACK What’s your favourite mode of transport?RUBY And what’s the most unusual?

157838 _ 0041-0058.indd 45157838 _ 0041-0058.indd 45 3/8/09 11:41:233/8/09 11:41:23

Page 46: in tune 2

46Photocopiable: Richmond Publishing ® / © Santillana Educación, S.L. 2009

3333DVD transcriptDVD transcriptDVD transcriptDVD transcript

Comprehension check

Question 1

Transport causes almost … of the UK’s carbon emissions.

two thirds a ✓

a thirdb halfc

RUBY Climate change is one of the most important challenges in today’s society, and transport is responsible for almost a third of all carbon emissions in the UK.

Question 2

How much carbon does a long-haul fl ight emit?

One tonne per person. a ✓

One tonne per year.b One tonne per fl ight.c

RUBY And planes are even worse: one long-haul fl ight emits one tonne of carbon per person!

Question 3

What bus does Francesca take?

The 371.a The 271. b ✓

The 277. c

FRANCESCA I come to school every day on a 271 bus.

Question 4

What does Aston say about bus drivers?

They’re really nice.a They’re as cold as ice.b They’re sometimes not very nice. c ✓

ASTON I like taking the bus most days, but sometimes bus drivers are not very nice.

Grammar check

Comparatives

JACK Because taking the bus is better than going by car.

RUBY And we found an even more interesting alternative on the streets of London: rickshaws!

JACK They’re a great way to get around: faster than walking and easier than cycling.

Superlatives

RUBY Climate change is one of the most important challenges in today’s society.

JACK The best thing of all is that there are no carbon emissions.

RUBY And what’s the most unusual?

157838 _ 0041-0058.indd 46157838 _ 0041-0058.indd 46 3/8/09 11:41:233/8/09 11:41:23

Page 47: in tune 2

47Photocopiable: Richmond Publishing ® / © Santillana Educación, S.L. 2009

4444DVD transcriptDVD transcriptDVD transcriptDVD transcript

IN THE STUDIO

JACK Ruby, do you know who Joseph Merrick was?

RUBY Joseph Merrick…er…the name sounds familiar, but no. Who was he?

JACK He was the Elephant Man.RUBY The Elephant Man? The man with the

deformed face and head?JACK Yeah.RUBY He’s the mystery man you wanted to

profi le today!JACK Yeah.RUBY Let’s watch it then.

AT THE ROYAL LONDON HOSPITAL

JACK Joseph Merrick was born in Leicester in England in 1862. The fi rst tumours on his face developed when he was two or three and he grew steadily worse. Large tumours appeared on his head, and he couldn’t use his right hand. Because of his appearance, he couldn’t fi nd work easily. Joseph took a job as a performer, and that’s where Dr Frederick Treves saw him.

JONATHAN EVANS Frederick Treves was very sorry for the Elephant Man. And he brought him in. He examined him, and decided that his disease was an inherited disease and an incurable disease. Joseph then went on tour to the continent. He went to Belgium. But he was robbed of all his money, and after a very unhappy trip, back to London, he was brought to the hospital by the police. They found a card, a little card, in Joseph’s pocket with Frederick Treves’ name on it.

Joseph was then kept at the London Hospital for the rest of his life. He was, seems to have been happy at the hospital and they made him as comfortable as possible. But his head became very, very large. His head was as big as a man’s waist in circumference. And he became more and more uncomfortable. He had to sleep with his head resting on his knees. And gradually it was more and more diffi cult for him to live. And Joseph died at the hospital in 1890 at the age of 28.Frederick Treves, when he wrote the story The Elephant Man, made up a story, that he’d wanted to sleep like other people and that he’d laid down fl at and that had killed him, effectively committing suicide. But we don’t think that’s what happened.

JACK At the time, people believed that Joseph suffered from a disease called elephantiasis. More than a hundred years later, we know that Joseph suffered from Proteus Syndrome. But people still call it elephantiasis and we still know Joseph Merrick as the Elephant Man.

IN THE STUDIO

RUBY Wow! What a story!JACK He had such character! And that’s why

people saw past his deformed head and crippled body. All he ever wanted was to be like everyone else.

RUBY Right. He just wanted to be normal.JACK Yeah. See you next time!

157838 _ 0041-0058.indd 47157838 _ 0041-0058.indd 47 3/8/09 11:41:233/8/09 11:41:23

Page 48: in tune 2

48Photocopiable: Richmond Publishing ® / © Santillana Educación, S.L. 2009

4444DVD transcriptDVD transcriptDVD transcriptDVD transcript

Comprehension check

Question 1

The Elephant Man’s real name was...

Joseph Merrick. a ✓

Frederick Treves.b Eric Joseph. c

RUBY Joseph Merrick…er…the name sounds familiar, but no. Who was he?

JACK He was the Elephant Man.

Question 2

He was born in...

1962.a 1852.b 1862. c ✓

JACK Joseph Merrick was born in Leicester in England in 1862.

Question 3

He worked as a...

policeman.a doctor. b performer. c ✓

JACK Joseph took a job as a performer

Question 4

After Dr Treves examined him, he went...

to London.a to Belgium. b ✓

to Belfast. c

JONATHAN EVANS Joseph then went on tour to the continent. He went to Belgium.

Grammar check

was/were

RUBY Who was he?

JACK He was the Elephant Man.

JONATHAN EVANS Frederick Treves was very sorry for the Elephant Man.

JONATHAN EVANS His head was as big as a man’s waist in circumference.

could

JACK Large tumours appeared on his head, and he couldn’t use his right hand. Because of his appearance, he couldn’t fi nd work easily.

Past simple: affi rmative

JONATHAN EVANS And he brought him in. He examined him, and decided that his disease was an inherited disease and an incurable disease.

JONATHAN EVANS But his head became very, very large.

157838 _ 0041-0058.indd 48157838 _ 0041-0058.indd 48 3/8/09 11:41:233/8/09 11:41:23

Page 49: in tune 2

49Photocopiable: Richmond Publishing ® / © Santillana Educación, S.L. 2009

5555DVD transcriptDVD transcriptDVD transcriptDVD transcript

IN THE STUDIO

RUBY Hello. We have a question for you today. Can you think of any very strange experiences from your past?

JACK What was the fi rst thing you thought of? An amazing coincidence? A UFO sighting? Or even seeing a ghost?

RUBY Well, we talked to lots of students about their experiences.

STUDENTS, LONDON

FRANCESCA I think it, the strangest thing that’s ever happened to me was when I had a, I had a dream one night, and I woke up the next morning and went into school and it happened.

JACK I don’t believe it! The same thing happened to me! I had a dream and then it happened the very next day.

AMANI The strangest experience that ever happened to me when…, was, when I was on a bus and it crashed.

DANIKA I’ve got stuck in a hurricane, so…SOPHIA When my parents argue.PETER I was in a hotel room and something

banged on the door and I opened it and then some…, and then a squirrel jumped in and jumped on my face and I had to throw it off the balcony.

RENE I was scared when I was, when I went to my country, which is Nigeria, and I got chased by a goat.

RUBY So, we wanted to learn more about fear. What is fear exactly?

DR JULIAN BIRD Fear is the way we get ready for fi ght or fl ight. So it’s a very primitive response to our surroundings, especially if those surroundings are suddenly unfamiliar.

JACK And do you want to know what happens to our bodies when we feel fear?

DR JULIAN BIRD When we’re scared, all kinds of things happen to us physiologically. Most of them to do with adrenaline, and that causes changes in the heart action and in our muscles, the blood supply to the muscles, and the way our guts function. There are all kinds of ways in which the

body gets prepared to fi ght or fl ee. Our bodies are getting ready to do dramatic things, whatever turns out to be necessary.

JACK Ruby, did you notice that in many of the stories people were running away from something or someone? Like a goat! Why’s that scary, I wonder?

DR JULIAN BIRD I think our fear when we are, or think we are, being chased has very, very primitive roots. It goes back to our evolutionary past, when we lived as hunter-gatherers on the sierra, and did indeed get chased quite often by animals that were not friendly. So it’s a very, very old link between running away and feeling afraid.

RUBY Someone chasing us is a common fear, but there are others.

DR JULIAN BIRD Anything that’s suddenly unfamiliar will, for almost everybody, including teenagers, produce a fear reaction.

IN THE STUDIO

RUBY Hey, Jack, what are you afraid of?JACK Actually, I have a real phobia: I’m scared of

dogs.RUBY Why?JACK When I was little, I was playing in the park

when suddenly some dogs appeared from nowhere. They were barking and running towards me.

RUBY No way! What happened?JACK Well, I remembered that in those situations

you’re supposed to stand still. RUBY So, did it work?JACK I don’t know. I ran away. Anyway, is there

anything you’re scared of?RUBY All I have to fear is fear itself.JACK Lucky you!

157838 _ 0041-0058.indd 49157838 _ 0041-0058.indd 49 3/8/09 11:41:233/8/09 11:41:23

Page 50: in tune 2

50Photocopiable: Richmond Publishing ® / © Santillana Educación, S.L. 2009

5555DVD transcriptDVD transcriptDVD transcriptDVD transcript

Comprehension check

Question 1

Ruby and Jack talked to...

lots of students about their experiences. a ✓

some students about their experiences. b lots of students about ghosts. c

RUBY Well, we talked to lots of students about their experiences.

Question 2

Francesca had a dream, and the next day...

she woke up at school.a it happened at school. b ✓

her school was strange. c

FRANCESCA I had a dream one night, and I woke up the next morning and went into school and it happened.

Question 3

Danika was stuck in...

the rain.a a hurricane. b ✓

a house. c

DANIKA I’ve got stuck in a hurricane, so…

Question 4

Peter was in a...

hotel room. a ✓

motel room.b bedroom.c

PETER I was in a hotel room.

Grammar check

Past simple v. past continuous

JACK When I was little, I was playing in the park when suddenly some dogs appeared from nowhere. They were barking and running towards me.

157838 _ 0041-0058.indd 50157838 _ 0041-0058.indd 50 3/8/09 11:41:233/8/09 11:41:23

Page 51: in tune 2

51Photocopiable: Richmond Publishing ® / © Santillana Educación, S.L. 2009

6666DVD transcriptDVD transcriptDVD transcriptDVD transcript

IN THE STUDIO

JACK What’s the most common free-time activity in the UK? Do you know?

RUBY Watching television, of course! Ninety-six per cent of British homes have got TVs, and we watch an average of 25 hours a week.

JACK That’s a lot of TV.RUBY But it makes sense. Do you know who

invented the world’s fi rst working television system? It was a Scottish engineer called John Logie Baird.

JACK Also the inventor of glass razors (they shattered), and pneumatic shoes (they burst), and the famous thermal under-sock!

RUBY Baird read stories of travel to the moon and being invisible, and thought: why not television?

JACK In the beginning, there was a lot of debate about what to call the new invention. Some suggestions were: audiovision, radioscope, optiphone, and my personal favourite, telebaird.

RUBY Baird’s Televisor was also the fi rst public TV set. He sold around a thousand of them between 1930 and 1933.

JACK By 1947, fi fteen thousand homes had television sets. Five years later, the number jumped to 1.4 million, and in 1968 there were about fi fteen million homes with televisions.

RUBY Today, a third of all homes in the UK have got two or more TVs, and around six per cent have got fi ve or more.

JACK That’s not so many, right? RUBY But this is interesting: children and young

people don’t actually watch that much TV, only around two and a half hours a night. But older people watch fi ve hours a night!

JACK And what types of programmes are most popular? Well, there’s sitcoms, drama series and soap operas. Oh, and reality shows, of course.

RUBY And adverts! We usually hate watching adverts, but we watch them all the time.

JACK The fi rst TV advert, in 1941, cost nine dollars to air. Today a one-minute advert can cost millions.

RUBY Well, we wanted to see if the statistics were true, so we asked a few people about their TV habits.

STUDENTS, LONDON

How many TVs are there in your home?FRANCESCA There are three TVs in my home.DANIKA There’s a TV in the sitting room, there’s

a TV in my mum and dad’s room, and there’s a small TV in my room.

HARRY There are four TVs in my home.SHANAY TVs. Two.JOE One in my living room, one in my mum’s

room, one in my sister’s room, and one in my room and my brother’s room. So that’s four.

How much TV do you watch?ASTON I watch TV two hours a day.FRANCESCA I watch about a couple of

programmes a day.HARRY I watch up to three to four hours of TV a

day.SHANAY Yeah, I watch lots of TV. Yeah, loads of

channels. I think too much.PETER I don’t watch TV very much.SOPHIA I watch fi ve or six hours a day of TV.

What are your favourite programmes?ASTON My favourite programmes are sport

programmes, like football and wrestling. My others are comedies, slash, comedy movies. My favourite cartoon is Tom and Jerry.

DANIKA I like watching sitcoms like Simpsons and My Wife and Kids and Everybody Hates Chris, like those type of programmes.

FRANCESCA I like Hannah Montana and The Suite Life of Zack & Cody.

SHANAY Some cartoon when I’m bored, and I like to watch soap and drama. Yeah.

SOPHIA Soaps and children’s programmes.HARRY My favourite programmes are football

and… football.

What was the most important TV moment for you?

FRANCESCA I think it was the man on the moon because it’s, like, you wouldn’t expect

157838 _ 0041-0058.indd 51157838 _ 0041-0058.indd 51 3/8/09 11:41:233/8/09 11:41:23

Page 52: in tune 2

52Photocopiable: Richmond Publishing ® / © Santillana Educación, S.L. 2009

6666DVD transcriptDVD transcriptDVD transcriptDVD transcript

that, you would expect it, but it’s kind of strange how it happens and stuff.

HARRY The most important moment on television history was when England won the world cup.

AMANI The July bombings. Well, some people decided to bomb a train and a bus.

UCHAY I think the most important fi lm I’ve watched was like this fi lm called Ben-Hur, which is a very good classical fi lm, which I liked.

PETER Probably when I was watching the news about the Chinese earthquake, and that opened my eyes to what people had been going through.

IN THE STUDIO

JACK People like watching their soap operas and sitcoms, but a lot of those students also like watching documentaries.

RUBY Hey, Jack, how many TVs are there in your house?

JACK Um, there’s one in the living room, one in the kitchen, and one in every bedroom. So fi ve.

RUBY Wow! Five TVs! That’s a lot. What about you?

JACK How many TVs are there in your house? How much time do you spend sitting in front of the TV?

Comprehension check

Question 1

In the UK, people watch TV for an average of...

96 hours a week.a 6 hours a week.b 25 hours a week. c ✓

RUBY Ninety-six per cent of British homes have got TVs, and we watch an average of 25 hours a week.

Question 2

The inventor of the world’s fi rst working television system was...

an English engineer called John Logie Baird. a a Scottish engineer called John Logie Baird. b ✓

a Swedish engineer called Jonas Logie Bergman. c

RUBY Do you know who invented the world’s fi rst working television system? It was a Scottish engineer called John Logie Baird.

Question 3

The fi rst public TVs sold between...

1930 and 1933. a ✓

1940 and 1943. b 1933 and 1943. c

RUBY Baird’s Televisor was also the fi rst public TV set. He sold around a thousand of them between 1930 and 1933.

Question 4

In 1968 there were about...

1.4 million homes with TVs.a 15 million homes with TVs. b ✓

5 million homes with TVs.c

JACK And in 1968 there were about fi fteen million homes with televisions.

Grammar check

Countable and uncountable nouns

FRANCESCA There are three TVs in my home.

AMANI Well, some people decided to bomb a train and a bus.

a lot of, some, not any

JACK People like watching their soap operas and sitcoms, but a lot of those students also like watching documentaries.

How much? How many?

JACK How many TVs are there in your house? How much time do you spend sitting in front of the TV?

a lot, not much, not many, none

JACK That’s not so many, right?

157838 _ 0041-0058.indd 52157838 _ 0041-0058.indd 52 3/8/09 11:41:233/8/09 11:41:23

Page 53: in tune 2

53Photocopiable: Richmond Publishing ® / © Santillana Educación, S.L. 2009

7777DVD transcriptDVD transcriptDVD transcriptDVD transcript

IN THE STUDIO

RUBY Hi! Are you regular or goofy?JACK And do you like skating switch or pushing

mongo?RUBY Can you do an Ollie or a Kickfl ip?JACK Do you understand what we’re talking

about?RUBY It’s the wonderful world of skateboarding!JACK And skateboarding really is another world

with its own language. You should check it out.

RUBY Experts say that teenagers must exercise regularly in order to stay healthy.

P.E. TEACHER, TIM Sure, I mean skateboarding’s great for your…, great for your leg muscles, pushing off the board onto the ground. It’s a great activity, raises the heart rate. It’s brilliant, really.

RUBY For more than eighteen million people worldwide, skateboarding is their favourite sport.I was surprised to learn that skateboarding began in the 1940s. Surfers in California were looking for something to do for fun when they couldn’t go surfi ng. Someone attached roller skate wheels to a box, and the skateboard was born! People called it ‘sidewalk surfi ng’ back then. But the quality of the boards was poor, and there were many injuries because of the small clay wheels. By 1966 skateboarding was dead, it seemed. But only for a short time. In the 1970s, a man called Frank Nasworthy made a board with better wheels, and he called it the Cadillac. In 1976, the fi rst skatepark opened in Florida, and in 1978 Alan Gelfl and invented the Ollie, completely transforming the sport. Skateboarding was popular again! The image of skaters changed over the years, as well. Originally associated with surfi ng culture, in the 70s skateboarders became rebellious and non-conformist, and associated with punk culture. Hip-hop transformed skateboarding in the 1990s. And today skateboarding is an adventure sport, like mountain biking

and snowboarding. But for skaters, skateboarding is more than a sport, and more than a fashion statement. It’s a lifestyle!

IN THE STUDIO

JACK And did you try it?RUBY Of course!JACK And how was it?RUBY Amazing! JACK So, got any tips for us beginners?RUBY Well, before you do anything, you must

wear protective equipment: helmet, elbow pads, knee pads… Once you get on the board, you should decide which foot goes in front: are you regular or goofy?

JACK And how do you decide that?RUBY It’s easy. Your body tells you. Just get on

the board and do what comes naturally. JACK Are you goofy?RUBY Yes.JACK I knew it!JACK Remember, regular exercise is important.

You should do both aerobic exercise, so things like football, running, tennis, or skateboarding…

RUBY …and strength training, to build endurance and strength. But you mustn’t lift too much weight because it can cause serious injury.

JACK So stop watching TV and get some exercise!

RUBY Yeah. You should really give skateboarding a try.

157838 _ 0041-0058.indd 53157838 _ 0041-0058.indd 53 3/8/09 11:41:233/8/09 11:41:23

Page 54: in tune 2

54Photocopiable: Richmond Publishing ® / © Santillana Educación, S.L. 2009

7777DVD transcriptDVD transcriptDVD transcriptDVD transcript

Question 1

Skateboarding is a world with...

its own language. a ✓

its own rules. b its own code. c

JACK And skateboarding really is another world with its own language.

Question 2

Skateboarding is the favourite sport for...

eighteen million people. a more than eighteen million people. b ✓

eight million people. c

RUBY For more than eighteen million people worldwide, skateboarding is their favourite sport.

Question 3

Skateboarding began in the...

1970s.a 1940s. b ✓

1966. c

RUBY I was surprised to learn that skateboarding began in the 1940s.

Question 4

The fi rst skatepark opened in...

California. a New York. b Florida.c ✓

RUBY In 1976, the fi rst skatepark opened in Florida.

Grammar check

should

JACK You should check it out.

RUBY You should really give skateboarding a try.

must

RUBY Well, before you do anything, you must wear protective equipment.

RUBY But you mustn’t lift too much weight because it can cause serious injury.

157838 _ 0041-0058.indd 54157838 _ 0041-0058.indd 54 3/8/09 11:41:233/8/09 11:41:23

Page 55: in tune 2

55Photocopiable: Richmond Publishing ® / © Santillana Educación, S.L. 2009

8888DVD transcriptDVD transcriptDVD transcriptDVD transcript

IN THE STUDIO

RUBY Hello. Are you optimistic about the future? What do you think life will be like?

JACK Well, UNICEF wanted to know how young people felt about the future. So they sponsored one of the largest surveys of nine to sixteen year olds.

RUBY They talked face-to-face with more than fi fteen thousand people. And the results were really interesting.

JACK And here’s the good news: two thirds of all young people say they’re happy. And do you know why we’re so happy?

RUBY Being with friends is the number one reason. Being with family comes in at number two, then doing well at school, and fi nally, having free time.

JACK Now here’s the bad news: even though only one percent of young people said they were almost never happy, that’s still one million people.

RUBY And what do children worry about most? Family problems, getting bad marks, and economic problems. But the environment, getting a job, politics and war are also important.

JACK And what will the future bring? Most children are optimistic about the future. They believe their lives will be better than their parents’ lives.

RUBY But one in ten are negative about the future. They say that there’ll be more crime and violence, and more economic problems. They also think that the government won’t be able to solve our problems.

JACK Well, we wanted to do a little survey of our own. How do young people see the future, right here in London? Let’s fi nd out.

JACK First, we asked the experts what they think. How do children view the future?

LESLIE Children see the future in many ways, I suppose. Some of them have got their life planned out, what they would like to do. They certainly all have high expectations of themselves. They’re gonna have the fancy house, the fancy car, the good clothes, go to many places, which is quite aspirational really.

JACK Are these views realistic?LESLIE Expectations of the future are not always

realistic, but quite aspirational.JACK Have children today got different dreams

than children in the past?DR JULIAN BIRD I do have a general impression

that young people now are by and large more confi dent that they will take charge of the future, that the future belongs to them, than people of my generation were.

JACK Now let’s see what the students say. We asked: What do you think will happen in the future?

STUDENTS, LONDON

ASTON I think the future will be quite similar, but the technology will be upgraded.

HARRY Hovercars, spaceships.

JACK What do you want to know about the future?FRANCESCA Um, if I’m gonna live in a, like, live

a good life, and have money and get the job that I want.

EPHIA I want to know if the future will be safe and if there’s enough coal, oil, and there’ll be no pollution.

JORDAN I would like to know who I’d marry and what my kids would be like.

SOPHIA If I’m gonna become an actress.

JACK Will you get married and have children?AMANI Yes, I do think I’ll get married and have

children.RENE When I’m older I think I will have…, get

married and have quite a lot of children.FRANCESCA Children? I think I’ll have children,

but I don’t know if I wanna get married.SHANAY I think I’ll get married and have

children, yeah.ARTHUR I think I will get married and have

children.EPHIA I think I’ll get married and have children.PETER I think that I will get married and have

children.SOPHIA I think I will get married and have

children, but with the right man.EPHIA I think I’ll have six children.PETER I think that I will have two children.ARTHUR I think I’ll have about two or three.

157838 _ 0041-0058.indd 55157838 _ 0041-0058.indd 55 3/8/09 11:41:233/8/09 11:41:23

Page 56: in tune 2

56Photocopiable: Richmond Publishing ® / © Santillana Educación, S.L. 2009

8888DVD transcriptDVD transcriptDVD transcriptDVD transcript

FRANCESCA Maybe two, like one boy and one girl.RENE About twelve.AMANI Seven children.SHANAY Three maximum.SOPHIA I want about three or four, but I think it’s

best if I get three.

JACK And, of course, the most important question of all. Will you be rich and famous?

ASTON I think I’ll be rich and famous, but I will give some of my money to charities.

FRANCESCA I don’t think I’ll be rich and famous because I don’t… I like to act, but I’m kind of shy around people I don’t know.

JORDAN Yeah, I do think I’ll be rich and famous because I play for three different teams, football teams, including the Islington borough.

HARRY No, I think I’ll just be, like, a normal person.SOPHIA Sometimes I think I’m going to be rich

and famous, and sometimes I don’t.SHANAY I’d like to be rich and famous, yeah. I

think I’ll get to a point in my life where I will have that little bit of fame.

UCHAY I might not be that rich, but hopefully I would be rich. I don’t want to be that famous because I don’t want paparazzi coming up my window and taking pictures of my privacy and stuff like that.

JACK And how does this compare with what the adults think?

LESLIE What do I think the future will be like? I’m hoping that it’s going to be a lot less wars in the world. I mean that would be really good. I’m hoping that children will be able to work and have something sustainable to look forward to. I hope that’s what happens in the future.

IN THE STUDIO

RUBY Did you notice that all the boys say they’ll get married, but not all of the girls? In fact, most girls say they’ll have children, but they’re not sure about getting married.

JACK And the boys want more children.RUBY And a beautiful wife.JACK What about you? What do you think you’ll

do in the future?

Comprehension check

Question 1UNICEF wanted to know how...

adults felt about the future.a young people felt about things.b young people felt about the future. c ✓

JACK Well, UNICEF wanted to know how young people felt about the future.

Question 2They talked with more than fi fteen thousand people...

on the telephone.a face-to-face. b ✓face-to-face and on the telephone. c

RUBY They talked face-to-face with more than fi fteen thousand people.

Question 3Two thirds of young people say...

they’re unhappy.a they get good news every day.b they’re happy. c ✓

JACK And here’s the good news: two thirds of all young people say they’re happy.

Question 4Children worry most about family problems, getting bad marks and...

economic problems. a ✓relationships.b their appearance. c

RUBY And what do children worry about most? Family problems, getting bad marks, and economic problems.

Grammar check

will: questionsJACK And what will the future bring?

JACK Will you be rich and famous?

will: predictionsRUBY They also think that the government won’t

be able to solve our problems.

ARTHUR I think I will get married and have children.

EPHIA I think I’ll have six children.

ASTON I think I’ll be rich and famous, but I will give some of my money to charities.

157838 _ 0041-0058.indd 56157838 _ 0041-0058.indd 56 3/8/09 11:41:233/8/09 11:41:23

Page 57: in tune 2

57Photocopiable: Richmond Publishing ® / © Santillana Educación, S.L. 2009

9999DVD transcriptDVD transcriptDVD transcriptDVD transcript

IN THE STUDIO

RUBY Hello, everyone! Today’s our last show, so we wanted to make it a really important one.

JACK So we’re going to talk about how we can make our world a better place.

RUBY Right. Taking action, doing charity work. Are there any causes you feel strongly about? The environment, education, poverty, animal rights?

JACK And more importantly, are you doing anything about it?

RUBY We talked to someone who wants to make a difference in the world. She’s worked with Greenpeace.

RUBY Greenpeace is a global organization. Their mission is to protect the environment and to promote peace. Now that’s ambitious! I wanted to know what type of person works with Greenpeace.

LAURA YATES Well, I fi rst became involved in green issues while I was at school. When I was about fi fteen I was in a ‘green group’ in my secondary school, and we tried to run campaigns to encourage other students to recycle their rubbish, to cycle to school instead of take the car to school, and to be generally more environmentally conscious. Well certainly the issue I feel most strongly about is climate change, also known as global warming. That’s really the biggest threat to the planet at the moment.When I left university I volunteered for a long time in various small charities, and then I got a job at Greenpeace as a campaigner, working on climate change and renewable energy.Well, I never thought it’d be possible to be an environmental campaigner as a job, actually. I always imagined it would be something that you do in your spare time, and that I’d always done in my spare time. But when I realised that I was able to dedicate all my time to campaigning, and that you could actually dedicate yourself to that, I thought, that’s something I really wanted to do.

RUBY What can we do if we want to take action?LAURA YATES To begin with, there are lots of

changes you can make at home, at the domestic level, in your own life and with your family, to save energy, for example. Then, obviously, at a school level or in your local community, get together with friends, with neighbours, to try and change your local environment, to save energy, to recycle, to make sure that you’re promoting renewable energy, for example, at a local level. And then, of course, at a wider political level, you can put pressure on your politicians. You can write to them or you can get involved in national campaigns and demonstrations and actions. So there’s all sorts of ways to get active and make a difference.

IN THE STUDIO

RUBY You know, if you search the internet, you’ll fi nd lots of information about different ways to make a difference.

JACK Ruby, do you know what the Greenpeace fl agship’s called?

RUBY No, what is it called?JACK It’s the Rainbow Warrior. They got the

name from an old Cree Indian legend that says: ‘When the Earth becomes too sick from greed, a tribe known as the Warriors of the Rainbow will rise up to defend her.’

RUBY Well, if we want to save our planet, we’ll all have to become Warriors of the Rainbow.

JACK Thanks for watching!JACK and RUBY Bye!

157838 _ 0041-0058.indd 57157838 _ 0041-0058.indd 57 3/8/09 11:41:233/8/09 11:41:23

Page 58: in tune 2

58Photocopiable: Richmond Publishing ® / © Santillana Educación, S.L. 2009

9999DVD transcriptDVD transcriptDVD transcriptDVD transcript

Comprehension check

Question 1

Jack and Ruby talk about how we can make our world...

a nicer place. a a better place. b ✓

a greener place.c

JACK So we’re going to talk about how we can make our world a better place.

Question 2

Ruby asks if you feel strongly about the environment,…

education, poverty or animal rights. a ✓

poverty or human rights. b education, poverty or climate change. c

RUBY Are there any causes you feel strongly about? The environment, education, poverty, animal rights?

Question 3

Ruby wanted to know what type of person...

likes Greenpeace. a works with Greenpeace. b ✓

helps Greenpeace. c

RUBY I wanted to know what type of person works with Greenpeace.

Question 4

Laura fi rst became involved with green issues while she was...

at university.a on holiday. b at school. c ✓

LAURA YATES Well, I fi rst became involved in green issues while I was at school.

Grammar check

First conditional

RUBY You know, if you search the internet, you’ll fi nd lots of information about different ways to make a difference.

RUBY Well, if we want to save our planet, we’ll all have to become Warriors of the Rainbow.

some/any/no + body/thing/where

JACK And more importantly, are you doing anything about it?

RUBY We talked to someone who wants to make a difference in the world.

LAURA YATES I always imagined it would be something that you do in your spare time.

157838 _ 0041-0058.indd 58157838 _ 0041-0058.indd 58 3/8/09 11:41:233/8/09 11:41:23

Page 59: in tune 2

59Photocopiable: Richmond Publishing ® / © Santillana Educación, S.L. 2009

WelcomeVocabularyVocabularyVocabularyVocabulary

My profi le

Match the words with the examples.1 Name1

Age2

From3

Favourite actor/actress4

Favourite sports5

Cardiff, Wales a

Kate Winslet b

fi fteen c

football and basketballd

Janet e 1

Meet my family

Complete the words. 2 Karen’s m1 u m is a doctor.

Her d2 works at home.

Karen’s got one br3 . His name’s Eric.

She’s got one si4 . Her name’s Kate.

Karen often goes to her gr5 ’s house.

Karen’s co6 lives there too.

My room

Find the words.3 g s u w t t1 p o s t e r a g y t e h w o j d s ng s t e s h e l f o s a h e t w f s g b x d h i o2 d a t u i e u a t w g s w a r d r o b e d h a3 h a e t s y b d h e d e s k a w r s f d t e g d4 e n y j d c o m p u t e r p h a w t g s k x d5 p a u b o o k s x n y a h i w k d o w m l o6

In the classroom

Complete the sentences. Then name the 4 objects.

1 I’ve got a pencil in my hand.

2 There’s a in my

other hand.

3 I’m sitting at my .

4 There’s a piece of

in front of me.

5 My ’s on my right.

6 My ’s on my left.

a

b d

ec

f

shelf a

b

c

d

e

f

157838 _ 0059-0060.indd 59157838 _ 0059-0060.indd 59 27/7/09 09:27:3627/7/09 09:27:36

Page 60: in tune 2

60Photocopiable: Richmond Publishing ® / © Santillana Educación, S.L. 2009

GrammarGrammarGrammarGrammarWelcome

60

My profi le: questions

Write the questions. 1 name / your / what’s ?1

What’s your name?

My name’s Janet.

are / you / from / where ?2

I’m from Cardiff in Wales.

you / are / how / old ?3

I’m fi fteen.

your / birthday / when’s ?4

It’s on 22nd February.

who / are / actors / favourite / your ?5

Kate Winslet and Leonardo di Caprio.

are / your / what / sports / favourite ?6

Football and basketball.

have got : questions

Complete the questions. 2

have | how | got | has | has | got

Has 1 Janet got a dog?

Yes, she has. Its name’s Spot.

Have Janet’s family 2 a big house?

No, they haven’t. But they’ve got a big garden.

3 they got any cats?

Yes, they have. 4 many cats have they got?

They’ve got two cats, Sunny and Snow. 5 Janet got a lot of friends?

Yes, she has.

Have her friends 6 pets?

Yes. They’ve got dogs, cats and mice.

there is/there are

Write 3 ✓ or ✗. Correct the false information.

There’s a computer on the desk. 1 ✓

There are some pens on the desk. 2 ✗

There aren’t any pens on the desk.

There aren’t any books on the shelf. 3

There isn’t a girl on the bed. 4

There’s a poster on the wall.5

There aren’t any folders on the desk. 6

There’s a basketball on the fl oor. 7

In the classroom: questions

Complete the questions. 4 Can I bor1 r o w a pen, please?

How do you sp 2 that, please?

Can you sp 3 louder, please?

Can I go to the to 4 , please?

Have you g 5 a rubber?

How do you s 6 pizarra in English?

157838 _ 0059-0060.indd 60157838 _ 0059-0060.indd 60 27/7/09 09:27:3627/7/09 09:27:36

Page 61: in tune 2

61

VocabularyVocabularyVocabularyVocabulary

Photocopiable: Richmond Publishing ® / © Santillana Educación, S.L. 2009

111Reinforcement

Personality adjectives

Find the adjectives. Then complete the 1 sentences.

h i e t u r g r u m p y a g e t w h s1 o h s u w k c h e e r f u l a l s k i e2 a w r d s c o n f i d e n t a g s e r a3 h e t w a c t i v e o e w i s h e n a p 4 o l k a w g e n e r o u s h s a j w i o 5 a w s c x r e i w t a l k a t i v e s h6

Our Maths teacher’s 1 grumpy .

But in summer he’s 2 .

The French teacher’s 3 .

And her students are 4 .

My best friends are 5 .

Students are often 6 .

Write the adjectives. 2 I’ve got a group of friends at school.

Martin sleeps a lot. He’s very l1 a z y . Tina always gives me sandwiches. She’s 2 gen .

But if Tina doesn’t know a person, she’s 3 very s .

Bob doesn’t talk a lot. He’s qu 4 .

Bob helps me with my homework. He’s 5 ki .

Not like my brother! He never helps me. 6 He’s sel .

Order the letters.3 Bob What’s an ideal friend for you, Tina?Tina An ideal friend must smile a lot and be (1) cheerful (heercluf).Bob And he must think about other people. I don’t want (2) (fi shles) friends. Tina An ideal friend must talk to me a lot. I like (3) (atitalkve) people. Bob I also like it when people listen. So my ideal friend can be (4) (tuqie). Tina I like my friends to be cheerful. I don’t like (5) (rumgpy) people. Bob And he must share his things with me. It’s important to be (6) (erousgen).

Hobbies

Circle the correct option. 4

1 4

2 5

3 6

I’m really into 1 camping / dancing.

I love opera and I love 2 playing cards / singing.

I 3 do martial arts / play the guitar three times a week.

My brother’s in a band. He plays 4 board games /the guitar.

My dad’s favourite hobby is 5 cooking / camping.

My grandad was in a play last week. 6 He loves painting / acting.

Complete the sentences.5

Internet | camping | boardcards | reading | painting

There are a lot of clubs in our school. Books are popular. We love (1) reading . If you like art, there’s also a club for (2) . The computer room’s always full. People like surfi ng the (3) . You can fi nd people playing (4) games at the games club. In the café there are always students playing (5) .

157838 _ 0061-0072.indd 61157838 _ 0061-0072.indd 61 27/7/09 09:34:1027/7/09 09:34:10

Page 62: in tune 2

62Photocopiable: Richmond Publishing ® / © Santillana Educación, S.L. 2009

Personality adjectives

Circle the adjective that isn’t an opposite.1 cheerful1 selfi sh generous.

confi dent unkind shy2

talkative lazy active 3

grumpy cheerful kind4

kind confi dent unkind5

quiet talkative selfi sh6

Complete the advertisement. 2

Dictionary work

Are the personality adjectives negative or 3 positive?

sociable | two-faced | envioussensitive | vain | open-minded

positive negative

sensitive

Hobbies

Write true or false. Correct the false 4 sentences.

1

2

3 6

5

4

She likes painting. 1

False. She likes playing the guitar.

He’s into cooking. 2

She loves playing cards. 3

She likes camping. 4

They’re into drama.5

He’s very good at surfi ng the Internet.6

1

VocabularyVocabularyVocabularyVocabulary 111Extension

157838 _ 0061-0072.indd 62157838 _ 0061-0072.indd 62 27/7/09 09:34:1127/7/09 09:34:11

Page 63: in tune 2

63Photocopiable: Richmond Publishing ® / © Santillana Educación, S.L. 2009

111GrammarGrammarGrammarGrammarReinforcement

Present simple

Complete the sentences.1 Rihanna 1 doesn’t live in China. (not live)

Stephen Spielberg 2 in Los Angeles. (live)

Angelina Jolie 3 got a lot of children. (have)

Madonna 4 to the gym a lot. (go)

The pop group Tokio Hotel 5 live in Tokyo. (not live)

David and Victoria Beckham 6 a lot of new people. (meet)

Complete the questions. 2 Wh1 a t d o you do at the weekend?

I sing and rap in a pop group.

Do2 your boyfriend like your pop group?

Yes, he does. He’s our number one fan.

D3 your friends lis to your music?

Yes, they do. They also go to our concerts.

Wh4 d you have concerts?

We have a concert every month.

D5 your mum like your music?

Of course! But she says I must study.

D6 you pl the guitar?

No, I don’t. But I play the piano.

Adverbs of frequency

Order the letters to make words. 3 R Star Hi, David G. How often do you talk to your fans?David G I (1) never (verne) talk to my fans because I’m shy. R Star I (2) (waysal) write a blog for my fans. Every day! David G My secretary (3) (timsomees) answers my emails.

R Star I (4) (rdhaly vree) use my computer. I’m not a fan of email. David G How often do you go to the gym?R Star I go to the gym (5) (witce) a week, on Wednesday and Friday. David G Are you always cheerful?R Star I’m (6) (allyusu) cheerful. But yesterday I was tired and grumpy!

Write true or false. Correct the false 4 sentences.

David’sWeek! M

onda

y

Tues

day

Wed

nesd

ay

Thu

rsda

y

Frid

ay

Satu

rday

Sund

ay

go swimming ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

play golf ✓ ✓

have lunch with R Starwrite a song ✓ ✓

do an interview ✓ ✓ ✓

play tennis with Eve

make music ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

David G never goes swimming. 1

False. David goes swimming every day.

He plays golf twice a week. 2

He often has lunch with R Star. 3

He writes a song every day. 4

He does an interview twice a week. 5

He plays tennis with Eve once a week. 6

He makes music once a week. 7

n

157838 _ 0061-0072.indd 63157838 _ 0061-0072.indd 63 27/7/09 09:34:1627/7/09 09:34:16

Page 64: in tune 2

64Photocopiable: Richmond Publishing ® / © Santillana Educación, S.L. 2009

111GrammarGrammarGrammarGrammarExtension

Present simple

a

e

c

b

d

f

Complete the sentences. Match the 1 pictures with the sentences.

Selfi sh Sam’1 s got a lot of things. (have) e

His parents 2 to him. (not listen)

He 3 his grandmother. (not help)

Sam’s sister cooks and Sam 4 . (relax)

He 5 his mother’s birthday. (forget)

When his parents and sister 6 on holiday, Sam stays at home. (go)

Write the questions. 2 Where 1 do Sam’s family go on holiday?

Sam’s family go to the beach.

Do 2 ?

Yes, they do. They send him an e-postcard.

What 3 ?

Sam watches TV at home.

Does 4 ?

No, his grandmother doesn’t go on holiday.

When 5 ?

Sam’s family come home one week later.

How often 6 ?

Sam never goes on holiday. He’s too lazy!

Adverbs of frequency

Write 3 ✓ or ✗. Correct the mistakes.

My girlfriend never is grumpy. 1 ✗

My girlfriend’s never grumpy.

We often watch fi lms together. 2 ✓

She goes usually dancing. 3

She listens sometimes to rock music.4

She plays sport every day. 5

We at the weekend do martial arts. 6

She’s always generous to me. 7

like + -ing form

Complete the sentences for you. 4

not mind | not like | like | hate | love

making | doing | cooking | dancing | writing

I 1 emails.

I 2 housework.

I 3 .

I 4 .

I 5 my bed.

1

157838 _ 0061-0072.indd 64157838 _ 0061-0072.indd 64 27/7/09 09:34:1627/7/09 09:34:16

Page 65: in tune 2

65

VocabularyVocabularyVocabularyVocabulary

Photocopiable: Richmond Publishing ® / © Santillana Educación, S.L. 2009

222Reinforcement

Shops

Circle the correct option. 1 My dad always buys bread at the 1 jeweller’s / baker’s.

There are a lot of fi sh and rabbits in the 2 pet shop / sweet shop.

Look at the lovely fl owers in the 3 fl orist’s / bookshop.

You can buy this workbook at a 4 sweet shop / bookshop.

I must go to the 5 shoe shop / chemist’s because I need medicine.

We’re going to buy a newspaper at the 6 music shop / newsagent’s.

Complete the sentences. 2

1 4

2 5

3 6

My favourite shop’s the 1 music shop in my town.

We love the 2 shop.

I’m a fan of the 3 shop.

We like the 4 shop.

I go to the 5 every week. It’s my favourite shop.

My sister’s got a stamp collection. Her 6 favourite shop’s the .

Order the letters.3 You can buy cakes and croissants at the 1

baker’s . (kebar’s)

You can buy toothpaste, shampoo and 2 aspirin at the . (hemtics’s)

There are a lot of animals in the 3 . (tep hops)

At my local 4 , you can read and have a coffee too. (koobhops)

If you need to send a letter or package, go 5 to the . (stop fecofe)

My dentist says I must stop going to the 6 . (twees hops)

Music genres

Find the words. Then complete the 4 sentences.

h w a u s1 c l a s s i c a l m u s i c k a i e m n .h e u a k s r o c k g e w d a s g d a m s j e l2 b o k l d i e a s u j a z z w e a d n r u e j d l .3 e h a u i e h a i r s w o r e g g a e k w u a h e .4 h s u e h a k i w p o p a h s u w n x l m k s i e .5 s h a t r e t w e l e c t r o n i c m u s i c f a x l r .6

My grandad loves a classical music .

I love rap and b .

My dad listens to a lot of c .

We love dancing to d .

My sister and I listen to e .

A lot of DJs play f .

Complete the sentences. 5 My mum likes co1 u n t r y music.

I want to play guitar in a ro2 group.

I go to salsa classes because I love 3 La music.

My favourite music’s cla 4 music.

Dancing to p5 music’s great fun.

My dad says that h6 -h music started in the 1980s.

157838 _ 0061-0072.indd 65157838 _ 0061-0072.indd 65 27/7/09 09:34:1627/7/09 09:34:16

Page 66: in tune 2

66Photocopiable: Richmond Publishing ® / © Santillana Educación, S.L. 2009

Shops

Write the names of the shops. 1

1

2

3

4

5

6

He wants to go into the 1 baker’s .

The dog’s running into the 2 .

Mr and Mrs Bean are going to the 3 .

My grandmother’s got a 4 .

He hates working in the 5 .

She loves working in the 6 .

Match the descriptions with the shops.2 You can buy roses here. 1 b

Fans of literature often go to this shop. 2

You can’t send an email, but you can send 3 other things here.

It sells boots and trainers. 4

You can buy rings, necklaces and watches 5 here.

There’s a lot of sugar. 6

post offi cea

fl orist’s b

jeweller’sc

sweet shopd

shoe shope

bookshopf

Music genres

Order the letters. 3 Pop1 music’s sometimes called

popular music. (ppo)

Shania Twain’s music’s a mix of pop and2 . (untcory)

Green Day are my favourite 3 group. (ckro)

Orchestras normally play 4 music. (ssiclacal)

DJing, rapping and breakdancing are 5 important parts of . (pih-poh)

I’d like to play the saxophone in a 6 band. (zzaj)

Complete the sentences. 4 L1 atin music’s popular in Spain.

Bach, Beethoven and Bizet composed 2 c music.

Madonna makes p3 music.

You can hear e4 music in many discos.

Kayne West and Fifty Cent are famous 5 h singers.

There’s a j6 festival in my city every year.

Dictionary work

Translate the words.5 butcher’s 1

clothes shop 2

fi shmonger’s 3

stationery shop 4

hairdresser’s 5

furniture shop 6

1

VocabularyVocabularyVocabularyVocabulary 222Extension

157838 _ 0061-0072.indd 66157838 _ 0061-0072.indd 66 27/7/09 09:34:1727/7/09 09:34:17

Page 67: in tune 2

67Photocopiable: Richmond Publishing ® / © Santillana Educación, S.L. 2009

Present continuous

Complete the sentences.1

Julie’1 s play i n g the drums.

Jason’2 sit at the piano. He’s standing at it.

Kath and Kate 3 dan .

Al’ 4 l to music.

The shop assistant’s got a book but he’5 read it.

Nobody’6 buy a record.

Order the words to make questions. 2 Mary and Lorna / doing / what / are ?1

What are Mary and Lorna doing?

They’re having a coffee.

they / eating / anything / are ?2

Lorna’s eating a cake, but Mary isn’t.

’s / Lorna / what / wearing ?3

She’s wearing an expensive suit.

working / today / is / Lorna ?4

Yes, she is.

’s / Mary / later / doing / what ?5

She’s going to see her mother.

Object pronouns

Circle the correct object pronoun. 3 I’m in the Mega Music Shop. My friends 1 are with you / me / him.

Where’s the new Kanye West CD? I can’t 2 see him / her / it.

There’s a shop assistant. I’m going to ask 3 him / us / them.

The shop assistant doesn’t like my friends. 4 He’s shouting at him / them / it.

An old man wants help. The shop 5 assistant’s not helping me / him / her.

We’re going to another shop. This shop 6 assistant doesn’t like us / you / them.

Present continuous v. present simple

Write 4 ✓ or ✗. Correct the mistakes.

I go to a fi lm festival every summer. 1 ✓

I watch a fi lm at the moment. 2 ✗

I’m watching a fi lm at the moment.

Famous actors are usually going to the San 3 Sebastian Film Festival.

Look! Scarlett Johansson does an interview 4 over there.

Penelope Cruz is staying at my hotel at the 5 moment.

Alejandro Amenabar also works here now. 6

I ask usually famous people for their 7 autographs.

n222GrammarGrammarGrammarGrammar

Reinforcement

157838 _ 0061-0072.indd 67157838 _ 0061-0072.indd 67 27/7/09 09:34:1727/7/09 09:34:17

Page 68: in tune 2

68Photocopiable: Richmond Publishing ® / © Santillana Educación, S.L. 2009

222GrammarGrammarGrammarGrammarExtension

Present continuous

Complete the sentences. 1

1

2

3

4

5

6

Agent M 1 is buying some sweets. (buy)

Agent T 2 at the criminals. (not look)

Agents O and P 3 on clothes. (try on)

Agents P and P 4 to the boy. (not listen)

The criminals 5 out of the jeweller’s. (run)

The shop assistant 6 the police. (call)

Complete the questions. Match them with 2 the answers.

Wh1 a t’ s happening at the shopping centre?

A2 the secret agents hel ?

Wh3 a they doing?

I4 Agent Black follow the criminals?

This is terrible! A5 y looking at the criminals now?

No, sir. I’m talking on the telephone. a

No, they’re not helping at the moment. b

I think they’re shopping. c

No, he isn’t following them. d

Criminals are escaping with a lot of e expensive jewellery. 1

Object pronouns

Write 3 ✓ or ✗. Correct the incorrect pronouns.

The shop assistant is crying. The police 1 are talking to it. ✗

The police are talking to her.

There are no jewels in the shop. The 2 criminals stole her.

There’s a video camera. The police are 3 looking at it.

The agents fi nd the criminals. They’re 4 stopping you.

I saw the crime. The police want to talk to 5 them.

Agent Star needs to talk to his girlfriend. 6 He calls her on his mobile.

Present continuous v. present simple

Complete the sentences. 4 Agent T always 1 buys buys expensive clothes. (buy)

He 2 sunglasses at the moment because he’s sleeping. (not wear)

He usually 3 at the weekend. (work)

This weekend he’s on holiday. 4 He in a cool hotel. (stay)

The other agents 5 crimes right now. (investigate)

They 6 a good time. (not have)

1

157838 _ 0061-0072.indd 68157838 _ 0061-0072.indd 68 27/7/09 09:34:1727/7/09 09:34:17

Page 69: in tune 2

69

VocabularyVocabularyVocabularyVocabulary

Photocopiable: Richmond Publishing ® / © Santillana Educación, S.L. 2009

333Reinforcement

Transport

Write the words. 1

m 1 o t o r b i k e

2

3

4

5

6

Circle the correct option. 2 Travelling by 1 skateboard / taxi is expensive.

A 2 motorbike / car has two wheels and an engine.

An underground / A helicopter3 can fl y.

Travelling by 4 plane / skateboard can be slow.

Rollerblades / Cars5 have four wheels and an engine.

A 6 tram / plane is a good means of public transport in a city.

Places in a city

Find the words.3 h u s t w r a1 a r t g a l l e r y h e i d h s n l a o p w na g e w i t k p s o n a m w j r t h e a t r e s a h w i o2 h a w u m u s e u m a n s h w i o d p m w x j s u3 a g e t w h s n c j s i o a p w l c a n a l s h e t s g a n4 s g a t w h s b y s q u a r e s k d i o e l a p s l s o a k5 ags tegasks ta tueks loepsakxwatshe6

Match the descriptions with the words. 4 You catch a train here. 1

You can go over a river on this. 2

There are normally buildings beside this.3

You can see a lot of paintings here. 4

It’s got a lot of water in it. 5

This is a very large church. 6

a bridge a 2

a river b

a train station c

a cathedral d

a street e

an art gallery f

Complete the sentences. 5 In our city, it’s not safe to swim in the 1 c a n a l .

My dad’s the mayor. He works in the 2 t h .

The Guggenheim’s a famous 3 m in Bilbao.

When it’s sunny, people like to sit outside 4 in the s .

My mother’s an actress. She works in a 5 t .

There are a lot of shops in my 6 s .

157838 _ 0061-0072.indd 69157838 _ 0061-0072.indd 69 27/7/09 09:34:1727/7/09 09:34:17

Page 70: in tune 2

70Photocopiable: Richmond Publishing ® / © Santillana Educación, S.L. 2009

Transport

Circle the correct option. 1 Let’s watch a fi lm! Catch the 1 motorbike / bus to your nearest cinema!

Top Secret is a new action fi lm. In the fi lm 2 the leading actress fl ies a plane / train.

She also jumps from a fl ying 3 tram / helicopter.

She skates through New York on 4 a taxi / rollerblades.

Her co-star Bruce goes down a mountain 5 on a skateboard / an underground.

Another famous actress stars as a 6 taxi / skateboard driver.

Write the type of transport.2 You can’t drive this until you are eighteen: 1

car

It’s a train but you see it on the street: 2 t

You don’t see this on the street or in the 3 sky: u

It’s a type of car. But you must pay the 4 driver: t

You can do sport with this: s5

Places in a city

Complete the postcard. 3

museum | river | cathedralbridge | Street | theatre

Hi everyone!

I’m in Dublin and my hotel’s on O’Connell (1) Street . I’m visiting great places, like St Patrick’s (2) - a very big old church. We also saw great art at the (3) of Modern Art. Tomorrow we’re going to the (4) , to see a Shakespeare play. At the moment we’re on a boat, going along the (5) . We’re passing under a very famous (6) . See you next week!Paris

Order the letters. 4

This is me with Bill. We’re in front of a 1 statue . (tatsue)

Here we are walking across the town 2 . (uasqre)

We cycled over a lot of 3 . (gesbrid)

We loved going to this cool 4 . (tar eryllag)

This is us on a 5 in Venice. (nacal)

Oh no! It was a dream. I’m at the 6 station. (waylair)

Dictionary work

Name an example.5 public park 1 Central Park New York

a monument 2

high street 3

pedestrian street 4

shopping centre 5

sports stadium 6

1 2

3 4 5

6

1

VocabularyVocabularyVocabularyVocabulary 333Extension

157838 _ 0061-0072.indd 70157838 _ 0061-0072.indd 70 27/7/09 09:34:1727/7/09 09:34:17

Page 71: in tune 2

71Photocopiable: Richmond Publishing ® / © Santillana Educación, S.L. 2009

Comparatives

Complete the comparative adjectives. 1 My bicycle’s fast1 er than my friend’s bicycle.

My bicycle’s also dirt2 than his. I have to clean it!

Rollerblades are safe3 than skateboards.

My dad’s car’s m4 comfortable than the bus.

My sister’s room’s big5 than my room.

The computers at school are bet6 than my computer.

Complete the sentences. 2 Pau Gasol’s 1 taller than Fernando Alonso. (tall)

Travelling by motorcycle’s 2 walking. (dangerous)

Going to school by skateboard’s 3 going by bus. (cheap)

New York’s 4 Berlin. (expensive)

Paris Hilton and Lindsay Lohan are 5 Monica Cruz. (famous)

I think that Maths is 6 History. (easy)

Write the comparative sentences. 3 Olga1 I think reading / interesting / watching the TV. I think reading’s more

interesting than watching TV.

Petra2 Maybe, but watching TV / popular.

Olga3 Walking to school / healthy / going by car.

Petra4 Yes, but I think that going by car / exciting.

Olga5 You / grumpy today / other days!

Superlatives

Circle the correct option. 4

1

2

3

4

5

6

Jake’s the 1 laziest / most lazy boy in class.

Our teacher’s the 2 busyest / busiest teacher in the school.

PE’s the 3 excitingest / most exciting class.

Karen’s the 4 goodest / best football player in the class.

David’s the 5 worst / most bad football player.

Our Science teacher’s the 6 oldest / most old teacher.

Complete the sentences. 5 Our school’s the bi1 g g e s t in the city. (big)

I think we’ve got the m2 interesting students too. (interesting)

The old3 building’s the school library. (old)

It’s also t4 m beautiful building. (beautiful)

Our basketball team’s the b5 in the country. (good)

The school café has the tast6 salads in the world! (tasty)

n333GrammarGrammarGrammarGrammar

Reinforcement

157838 _ 0061-0072.indd 71157838 _ 0061-0072.indd 71 27/7/09 09:34:1827/7/09 09:34:18

Page 72: in tune 2

72Photocopiable: Richmond Publishing ® / © Santillana Educación, S.L. 2009

333GrammarGrammarGrammarGrammarExtension

Comparatives

Write comparative sentences. 1 Cinema = €15 / Disco = €10 / expensive1

The cinema is more expensive than the disco.

Dublin = 10°C / Barcelona = 25°C / hot2

My dad = age 42 / my mum = age 45 / old3

My Maths class = very interesting / My 4 Science class = interesting

Plane ticket to Paris = €100 / Train ticket = 5 €95 / cheap

Complete the dialogue with a comparative. 2

Beth Get the salad with your pizza. It’s (1) healthier than the pizza and chips.Kane Yes. But the chips are (2) the salad. (tasty)Beth I’ve only got thirty minutes. What do you think is (3) ? (fast)Kane The salad. And let’s order from the waitress. She’s (4) the waiter. (quick)Beth Yes, she’s also (5) . He’s not very nice. (friendly)Kane This restaurant’s (6)

the school café. (comfortable)

Superlatives

Write 3 ✓ or ✗. Correct the mistakes.

The most important person in my life’s my 1 mum. ✓

She’s the beautifulest person in the family. 2 ✗

She’s the most beautiful person in the family.

My mum’s also the busyest parent I know. 3

She’s the goodest business woman in the 4 city.

She’s also the worst cook in the family. 5

My mum’s not the most funny person at 6 home.

My gran’s the most interesting person in 7 the family.

Complete the sentences with a superlative. 4 John The (1) most exciting website’s Teenage Second Life. (exciting)Peter Yes. But it’s not the (2)

. (interesting) John What do you think’s the (3) website? (good)Peter I’m not sure. I think youtube.com’s the (4) . (entertaining)John I saw the (5) video ever on youtube.com (funny)Peter I think it’s got the (6) collection of videos too. (big)

157838 _ 0061-0072.indd 72157838 _ 0061-0072.indd 72 27/7/09 09:34:1827/7/09 09:34:18

Page 73: in tune 2

73Photocopiable: Richmond Publishing ® / © Santillana Educación, S.L. 2009

VocabularyVocabularyVocabularyVocabulary 444Reinforcement

The body

Find the words.1 h d i e a t e w h s n1 a r m c h d s w i p w i ph d s u e y e w j a u s k a c n s k s i c x n c2 s h e t w a f g a g e w a f s h e a d o j w a e3 h a u w s t l e g a w t e r d f a h s a s g i e a4 s r a g t m o u t h d s a i w o a l l x o d j d h5 g s t w r a f g s w i o c n o s e h o d y j s u6

Complete the sentences. 2 Please don’t open your m1 outh when you’re eating.

Where are my socks? My f2 are cold.

My h3 is very long. I need to cut it.

It’s very cold today. My n4 is red!

I surfed the Internet for hours yesterday. 5 Now my e hurt.

When I dance, I put my h6 in the air.

The face

Circle the correct option.3

My favourite singer’s got a big mouth and 1 thin lips / tooth.

She’s got a tattoo on her 2 moustache / cheek.

She’s got a long 3 beard / neck.

I can’t see her 4 ears / lips because her hair’s very long.

Her 5 eyes / eyebrows are very big.

She’s got a piercing on her 6 nose / tooth. You can see it when she sings.

Complete the words. 4

Dad

Uncle Stan

My dad’s got a long mous 1 t a c h e .

He’s got small ea 2 .

My dad’s got very thin l 3 .

My uncle Stan loves his be 4 .

He’s got very big eyeb 5 .

He’s also got a missing to 6 .

Draw the description. 5

Aunt Beth

Aunt Beth’s got short black hair and big ears. She’s got a long neck and red cheeks. Her eyes are small and she has thin eyebrows. Her lips are thick. She’s got a lovely smile.

157838 _ 0073-0084.indd 73157838 _ 0073-0084.indd 73 27/7/09 09:29:4227/7/09 09:29:42

Page 74: in tune 2

74Photocopiable: Richmond Publishing ® / © Santillana Educación, S.L. 2009

Extension

1

The body

Look at the illustration. Complete the 1 sentences.

A7’s got a big 1 body .

It can watch fi lms with its fi ve 2 .

It can run very fast because it’s got four 3 .

A7’s got three 4 .

It’s also got three 5 . It can write with all of them.

A7 can’t smell food because it hasn’t got a 6 .

Order the letters. Then draw B7.2 B7’s got long black 1 hair . (raih)

It’s got three 2 , but it doesn’t wear shoes. (eetf)

It’s got a small, thin 3 . (boyd)

But it’s got a big 4 . (hdea)

It uses its big 5 to eat. (uthmo)

B7’s got a big 6 . (eson)

The face

Match the words with the descriptions. 3 tooth 1 d

beard 2

ears 3

lips 4

moustache 5

neck 6

You’ve got two on your head. a

You can kiss with them. b

This is hair between your nose and your c mouth.

It’s a hard white object in your mouth. d

The part of your body under your face.e

This is hair on your face, above and below f your mouth.

Complete the dialogue. 4

beard | ears | cheekslip | eyebrows | tooth

Bert Do you cut your (1) eyebrows Rory?

Rory Yes, I do. But I don’t cut my (2) . I want it to be long.

Bert Have you got a piercing?

Rory No, I haven’t. I had a piercing in my (3) . It fell out when I kissed my gran. All my family laughed at me and my (4) were very red.

Bert My (5) fell out when I was eating a sweet.

Rory That’s funny! And have you got a piercing?

Bert Yes. I’ve got piercings in both my (6) .

VocabularyVocabularyVocabularyVocabulary 444

157838 _ 0073-0084.indd 74157838 _ 0073-0084.indd 74 27/7/09 09:29:4227/7/09 09:29:42

Page 75: in tune 2

75Photocopiable: Richmond Publishing ® / © Santillana Educación, S.L. 2009

Reinforcement

was/were

Write complete sentences from the notes. 1 Luis Buñuel / French 1 ✗, Spanish ✓

Luis Buñuel wasn’t French. He was Spanish.

He / born in Calanda 2 ✓, born in Madrid ✗

Salvador Dalí / Federico García Lorca 3 his friends ✓

Buñuel poet 4 ✗, a fi lm-maker ✓

Buñuel, Dalí and García Lorca / friends at 5 school ✗

They / friends at university 6 ✓

could

Complete the dialogue. 2

couldn’t | couldn’t | could | could could | couldn’t

Sally Dad, (1) When could you fi rst drive a car?

Dad I (2) drive a car in our garden when I was 10. But I (3) drive a car on the road until I was 25, because I (4) pass my driving test.

Sally (5) you repeat that? It’s diffi cult to believe!

Dad Another problem was I (6) use my mum’s car. She needed it for work.

Past simple: affi rmative

Complete the sentences. 3

1 4

2 5

3 6

Yesterday I 1 found some money. (fi nd)

So I 2 to a fast food restaurant. (go)

I 3 four colas to drink. (have)

I 4 fi ve hamburgers. (eat)

Then I 5 sick. (feel)

My mum 6 it was a stupid thing to do. (say)

Past simple: negative and questions

Rewrite using the past simple. 4 Where do you go after school yesterday?1

Where did you go after school yesterday?

I don’t go home after school.2

Do you play football yesterday evening?3

No, I don’t. 4

I don’t play football last night. 5

I don’t feel very well. 6

444GrammarGrammarGrammarGrammar

157838 _ 0073-0084.indd 75157838 _ 0073-0084.indd 75 27/7/09 09:29:4227/7/09 09:29:42

Page 76: in tune 2

76Photocopiable: Richmond Publishing ® / © Santillana Educación, S.L. 2009

Extension444GrammarGrammarGrammarGrammar

1

was/were

Complete the questions. Match them with 1 the answers.

When 1 was Arantxa Sanchez Vicario born?

How old 2 she when she started playing tennis?

3 she eighteen when she won the French Open in 1989?

What number tennis player 4 she in March 1995?

5 her brothers also professional tennis players?

No, she wasn’t. She was seventeen. a

She was four when she started playing b tennis.

She was the number 1 player. c

She was born in 1971.d 1

Yes, Emilio and Javier were also e professional.

could

Write the sentences. 2

1 4

2 5

3 6

When Justine / 4 / play tennis. 1

When Justine was four, she could play tennis.

When Justine / 4 / not tie / her shoelaces. 2

When Brian and Alan / 1 / walk.3

When Brian and Alan / 1 / swim.4

Justine play the guitar / when / 4?5

Justine play the guitar / when / 4.6

Past simple: affi rmative

Complete the sentences. 3

live | think | travel | study | wear | die

I 1 studied a lot when I was a child. The teachers were very happy.

The teachers 2 my school work was very good.

My friends 3 a uniform to school. But there was no uniform at my school

We 4 to the beach and the mountains on our fi rst school holiday.

When I was a child, we 5 with my grandmother in a big house.

My grandmother 6 when I was six years old. I was very sad.

Past simple: negative and questions

Complete the sentences. 4 What1 did you like the most at primary school?

I liked Art and Music but I 2 like Maths.

3 your teachers give you homework?

Yes, they 4 , but we could do it in ten minutes.

What time 5 you fi nish school?

I 6 school till 4 o’clock.

157838 _ 0073-0084.indd 76157838 _ 0073-0084.indd 76 27/7/09 09:29:4327/7/09 09:29:43

Page 77: in tune 2

77

VocabularyVocabularyVocabularyVocabulary

Photocopiable: Richmond Publishing ® / © Santillana Educación, S.L. 2009

Reinforcement555

Verbs of movement

Circle the correct option. 1

Gina Gym is a personal trainer.

She lives on the 191 th fl oor. She walks up / on the stairs to her fl at.

She doesn’t usually get 2 into / on a bus. She prefers to walk.

This morning she went 3 into / down a health food shop.

At the moment she’s coming 4 down / out of the shop.

She’s getting 5 into / up a big black limousine. It’s Steve Star’s car!

Quick! Run 6 down / off those steps and follow the car.

Complete the sentences.2

into | up | off | on | out | down

I get 1 on the bus outside my house. Sometimes I meet my friend there.

We get 2 the bus at the park.

We go 3 the park to exercise.

There are 400 steps in the park. We usually 4 run the steps.

Then we are tired, so we walk 5 the steps.

When it’s late, we come 6 of the park and go home.

Science fi ction

Find the words. 3 s a s e1 s c i e n c e f i c t i o n d s g a t o rh s g w t s g a u e j w u s i a l i e n g a t e f2 a m k p l a n e t s h s t w a e r c x v d l s k3 h h s t a k i e o w f b i s h a n p o l i y t o l p4 g e j k s i a o w l s t r a n g e w a t e g d s j5 g e p w g s t a s p a c e s h i p k f j d i e o w6

Complete the sentences. 4 My friends and I have a 1 s c i e n c ef i c t i o n club.

My t 2 brother’s also in the club.

We would love to c 3 aliens.

Mum says it’s a very st 4 club!

We’re all very interested in 5 sp sh .

I also like reading about other 6 pl .

Match the underlined words with the 5 similar meanings.

I was trying to (1) call my friend Sue but she was in the cinema watching a (2) si fi fi lm. I thought that was (3) unusual because she’s not normally interested in (4) unidentifi ed fl ying objects. I think she’s more interested in the star actor than a fi lm about a (5) visitor from space or another (6) universe.

strange a

spaceships b

contact c 1

planet d

alien e

science fi ction f

157838 _ 0073-0084.indd 77157838 _ 0073-0084.indd 77 27/7/09 09:29:4327/7/09 09:29:43

Page 78: in tune 2

78Photocopiable: Richmond Publishing ® / © Santillana Educación, S.L. 2009

Extension

Verbs of movement

Complete the sentences. 1 Living in a city can be stressful.

In the morning you g1 e t o n the underground and it’s really full.

You have to push people to g 2 o at your stop.

When you c 3 o of the underground, the street’s full.

You g 4 i a café. The waiter’s stressed.

You’re late, so you r 5 u the stairs at school.

The teacher’s g 6 ing o of her car. She’s also late!

Complete the sentences.2

run | walk | getting | comeget | walk

When school fi nishes, I 1 run down the stairs.

I 2 out of the school.

I 3 into my dad’s car.

Travelling in Dad’s car’s easier than 4 on the bus.

At home we 5 out of the car.

Then we 6 up the stairs to our apartment.

Science fi ction

Write the words. 3

People think I’m s 1 t r a n g e

You can read about me in s 2 f books.

They say I travel in a sp 3 s .

People on Earth want to co 4 me.

I come from another pl 5 .

I’m an 6 .

Complete the sentences. 4

science fi ction | planet | FBItwins | spaceships | strange

My brother wants to investigate crime and 1 to work for the FBI .

I don’t think that’s very 2 , but I’m different from him.

I’m one hour older than my brother. We’re 3 .

I’m more interested in space travel. I want 4 to design .

My dream’s to travel to another 5 .

We often watched 6 fi lms when we were younger.

Dictionary work

Translate the words.5 stroll 1

sprint 2

hop 3

crawl4

jog 5

1

VocabularyVocabularyVocabularyVocabulary 555

157838 _ 0073-0084.indd 78157838 _ 0073-0084.indd 78 27/7/09 09:29:4427/7/09 09:29:44

Page 79: in tune 2

79Photocopiable: Richmond Publishing ® / © Santillana Educación, S.L. 2009

Reinforcement

there was/there were

Circle the correct option. 1 Mandy There (1) was / were a science fi ction fi lm festival on last week.

Sean Really? (2) Was / Were there any famous people there?

Mandy There (3) was / were some famous actors, but there (4) wasn’t / weren’t any fi lm directors, so I was a little sad.

Sean (5) Was / Were there any parties with celebrities?

Mandy Yes. (6) There was / were a big party for Paris Hilton.

Past continuous

Complete the sentences.2 We 1 were waiting outside the Palace Hotel. (wait)

I 2 to see J Dupp. (hope)

My friends 3 nervous. (feel)

The paparazzi and journalists 4 on their mobiles. (talk)

The fans 5 ‘J Dupp, J Dupp!’ (shout)

I 6 to them. (not listen)

Complete the questions. 3 Mr Dupp, wh 1 a t w e r e you do i n g last night at 8 p.m.?

I was doing interviews in my hotel room. 2

Who w 3 you talk to?

I was talking to a journalist. 4

Wh 5 w your manager do ?

My manager was making me a cup of tea.6

After the interviews, wh 7 w you doing? I was talking to the fans outside the hotel.

W 8 it raining outside?

Yes, it was. 9

Wh 10 w your new fi lm showing last night?

It was showing at the Odeon cinema.11

Past simple v. past continuous

Circle the correct option. 4

I 1 was standing / stood in the rain when J Dupp came out of the hotel.

The paparazzi 2 were taking / took pictures when J spoke to me.

When J’s car 3 came / was coming, we were talking about his fi lm.

His car was leaving when he 4 was inviting / invited me to go with him.

When the fi lm started, I 5 sat / was sitting beside J Dupp!

Later, I 6 was saying / said goodbye to him when he gave me a big hug.

555GrammarGrammarGrammarGrammar

157838 _ 0073-0084.indd 79157838 _ 0073-0084.indd 79 27/7/09 09:29:4427/7/09 09:29:44

Page 80: in tune 2

80Photocopiable: Richmond Publishing ® / © Santillana Educación, S.L. 2009

Extension555GrammarGrammarGrammarGrammar

there was/there were

Write 1 ✓ or ✗. Correct the sentences that are incorrect.

Yesterday there wasn’t many normal 1 people on the street. ✗

Yesterday there weren’t many normal people in the street.

There was a big fi re in Central Park. 2 ✓

There were a policeman. He said 3 everything was OK.

There were a lot of aliens.4

There wasn’t any spaceship.5

But there weren’t any problems.6

It were Halloween!7

Past continuous

Complete the sentences.2

give | not answer | wear | carry not do | answer

A lot of children 1 were wearing strange clothes.

They 2 bags of sweets and chocolates.

My mum 3 the door all evening.

She 4 the children fruit for Halloween.

I’m sure those children 5 any homework last

night!

I 6 the door because I had a lot of homework.

Order the questions. Match them with the 3 answers.

you / doing / yesterday morning / what / 1 were ?

What were you doing yesterday morning?

what / happening / at / was / 10 a.m. ?2

running / up / the street / were / the thieves ? 3

were / they / doing / what ? 4

the bus driver / what / was / doing ?5

Thieves were running out of the a supermarket. I saw them!

He wasn’t doing anything. I think he was b afraid.

No, they weren’t. c

I was buying an alien suit for a Halloween d party. 1

They were getting onto a bus. e

Past simple v. past continuous

Complete the sentences.4 We 1 were dancing at the party when something strange happened. (dance)

A spaceship 2 in front of the house when I looked out of the window. (land)

Two aliens 3 out of the spaceship when the spaceship door opened. (come)

My friend 4 the aliens to the party when she saw them. (invite)

The DJ 5 hip-hop music when the aliens came into the room. (play)

When Sophie’s mum 6 home, we were cleaning the house. (get)

1

157838 _ 0073-0084.indd 80157838 _ 0073-0084.indd 80 27/7/09 09:29:4427/7/09 09:29:44

Page 81: in tune 2

81Photocopiable: Richmond Publishing ® / © Santillana Educación, S.L. 2009

Reinforcement666VocabularyVocabularyVocabularyVocabulary

TV programmes

Order the letters.1 We did a survey on TV habits at school.

The football team love watching 1 sports programmes. (porsts)

90% of students said it’s a good idea to 2 watch the . (ensw)

But they also said they prefer watching 3 shows. (ityaler)

The teachers enjoy watching 4 . (mentiesdocuar)

The Simpsons5 was the most popular . (toonrac)

The 6 forecast was the least popular programme. (erweath)

Complete the sentences. 2

Kate What are you watching?

Mum I’m watching my favourite (1) so a p o p e r a .

Kate There’s a really funny (2) sit on Channel 5.

Mum Watch it on your own TV.

Kate I can’t. Dad’s watching that (3) qu sh . And Peter’s watching a (4) mu progr about Kayne West.

Mum I’m sorry. I’m watching this, and then my favourite (5) dr ser is on.

Kate Can I watch that (6) ch sh at 11 p.m? Madonna is on it.

Mum OK. I like Madonna too.

Electrical appliances

Circle the correct option. 3 The dentist says I must use an 1 electric razor / electric toothbrush.

You can have an electric or a gas 2 cooker / fridge freezer.

Can you give me the 3 remote control / electric razor? I want to change the channel.

The food stays cold and fresh in the 4 microwave / fridge freezer.

Could you take the clothes out of the 5 dishwasher / washing machine, please?

And put the plates and cups in the 6 dishwasher / remote control.

Complete the sentences. 4

1 2

34

5

6

Tina wasn’t happy. My parents gave her a 1 washing machine for christmas.

And Tom was a little angry. His present 2 was a !

Dad can use his 3 in his offi ce.

Mum was also happy with her 4 .

Gran got an 5 .

Grandad was happy. His present was a 6 .

157838 _ 0073-0084.indd 81157838 _ 0073-0084.indd 81 27/7/09 09:29:4527/7/09 09:29:45

Page 82: in tune 2

82Photocopiable: Richmond Publishing ® / © Santillana Educación, S.L. 2009

Extension

TV programmes

Match the description with the type of 1 programme.

You can see football, basketball or tennis 1 on this.

It’s a funny story with the same characters 2 in each programme.

It tells us what is happening in the world 3 every day.

MTV has a lot of these programmes. 4

It’s a continuing programme about the 5 lives of a group of characters.

It’s a competition. People must answer 6 questions.

a sitcom a 2

the news b

a sports programme c

a quiz show d

a music programme. e

a soap opera f

Complete the sentences. 2 I love c 1 artoons because they make me laugh.

You can learn a lot 2 from watching a d .

Big Brother3 is one of the most famous r shows.

If you want to go fi shing, you should check 4 the weather f fi rst.

My mum likes d5 series: she thinks they’re exciting.

I saw Jennifer Lopez on a c6 show yesterday.

Electrical appliances

Complete the dialogue. 3

cooker | electric toothbrushremote control | dishwasher

washing machine | electric razor

Dad When I was a kid we washed our clothes in the river, we had no (1) washing machine .

Bill I don’t believe you, Dad.

Dad It’s true. Your gran cooked on an open fi re because we didn’t have a (2) . I had to wash the plates myself. There was no (3) .

Bill Could you shave with an (4) , Dad?

Dad Of course not! And I didn’t use an (5) to brush my teeth.

Bill What about a (6) for the TV?

Dad We didn’t have a TV!

Bill Dad! You were born in 1965, not 1865!

Complete the words.4 My mum takes her food to work. She puts 1 it in the micro w a v e .

When I get home, I take a pizza out of the 2 fr fr .

I use the co 3 to prepare some vegetables.

I put my dirty clothes in the 4 w m .

My favourite electrical appliance is the 5 r c for my sound system.

When I fi nish my lunch, I put my plate and 6 glass in the d .

1

666VocabularyVocabularyVocabularyVocabulary

157838 _ 0073-0084.indd 82157838 _ 0073-0084.indd 82 27/7/09 09:29:4527/7/09 09:29:45

Page 83: in tune 2

83Photocopiable: Richmond Publishing ® / © Santillana Educación, S.L. 2009

Countable and uncountable nouns

Complete the sentences with 1 a, an, / .

I’m reading 1 a great book at the moment. It’s called Animal Farm.

It’s 2 homework from our English teacher.

Sometimes we watch 3 DVD in English class.

When I have 4 time, I look at English language websites.

I get 5 information about the world on the BBC website.

Yesterday I sent 6 email in English. I wrote to a friend in New Zealand.

a lot of, some, not any

Complete the sentences. 2 There aren’t a 1 n y good fi lms on TV tonight.

There are a l 2 o cool fi lms on at the cinema.

But I haven’t got 3 money to go.

My sister’s got s 4 good DVDs.

We’ve also got 5 lot games for the playstation.

Let’s eat 6 o ice cream and chill out!

How much? How many?

Complete the questions3 .

These are some things I would like to know.

How 1 much money makes a person happy?

How 2 songs can I have on my MP3 player?

How 3 languages can a person speak?

How 4 people live on Planet Earth?

How 5 homework is the teacher going to give us?

How 6 free time am I going to have tonight?

a lot, not much, not many, none

Circle the correct option. 4

How much money do you have in the 1 bank?

Not many / None. I need to save some.

How many friends have you got?2

A lot / Not much. I’m very happy.

How many students did the homework?3

Not much / Not many. The teacher’s angry.

How much free time have you got?4

Not many / None. We’ve got exams now.

How much food is there in the fridge?5

Not much / Not many. I must go to the supermarket later.

How many emails did you write today?6

None / A lot. My computer’s broken.

not much/not many with verbs

Complete with 5 much or many and a negative verb from the box.

be | be | make | have | have

I’m sorry. I didn’t do my homework!

I 1 didn’t have much time.

No, there 2 books at the library.

There 3 information on the Internet.

I 4 money to buy books.

But I 5 mistakes in the exams!

666GrammarGrammarGrammarGrammarReinforcement

157838 _ 0073-0084.indd 83157838 _ 0073-0084.indd 83 3/8/09 11:40:383/8/09 11:40:38

Page 84: in tune 2

84Photocopiable: Richmond Publishing ® / © Santillana Educación, S.L. 2009

666GrammarGrammarGrammarGrammarExtension

Countable and uncountable nouns

Write 1 ✓ or ✗. Correct the incorrect sentences.

I watched TV programme yesterday. 1 ✗

I watched a TV programme yesterday.

You could win money on the programme. 2 ✓

They play a music. You say what it is.3

I made an4 phone call.

I won DVD.5

I also won a6 book.

a lot of, some, not any

Complete the sentences. 2

lot of | lot of | some | some | any | any

❤ My perfect holiday ❤

There are a 1 lot of beaches near my hotel.

There isn’t 2 stress.

There are 3 cool people.

There’s a 4 great food in the restaurant.

There aren’t 5 early morning plans.

There’s 6 money in my pocket.

How much? How many?

Write 3 much or many. Using your Student’s Book, circle the correct option.

How 1 many units are there?

There are six / seven / nine units and a Welcome unit.

How 2 pages are there in Unit 6?

There are four / eight / ten pages.

How 3 of our rubbish is it possible to recycle?

It’s possible to recycle 60% / 80% / 100%.

How 4 different characters are there in the programme Heroes?

There are some / a lot of / 10,000 different characters.

How 5 time do teenagers in Spain spend watching TV?

They watch TV an average of 5 hours / 3 hours 38 minutes/ 32 minutes a day.

How 6 types of TV programmes are on page 51 of the Student’s Book?

There are 6 / 12 / 22 types.

a lot, not much, not many, none

Circle the correct option. 4 My dream house

How many TVs do you have?1

Not many. / Not much. / A lot. I think two TVs are enough..

How much space has it got?2

None. / Not many. / A lot. It’s a dream house.

How much time do you spend cleaning?3

Not many. / None. / Not much. About one hour a week. Robots help me to clean.

How many people live there?4

Not much. / None. / Not many. Me and my family.

How many rooms does it have?5

A lot. / Not much. / Not many. About a hundred!

How much cooking do you need to do?6

Not many. / None. / A lot. Robots do all the cooking.

157838 _ 0073-0084.indd 84157838 _ 0073-0084.indd 84 27/7/09 09:29:4627/7/09 09:29:46

Page 85: in tune 2

85

VocabularyVocabularyVocabularyVocabulary

Photocopiable: Richmond Publishing ® / © Santillana Educación, S.L. 2009

Reinforcement777

Body words

Complete the words.3 When I do tai chi, I st1 a n d up.

I hold my ar2 out and imagine I’m holding a tree.

I in3 and feel the air going into my body.

I ex4 and feel the tension go out of my body.

My ba5 is straight.

At the end I fe6 very relaxed.

Complete the sentences. 4

sit | feel | lie downstand up | eyes | breathe

Say no to school stress! You’re very tired and you want to 1

lie down and sleep.

But you’re at school! And you 2 very stressed.

The fi rst thing you should do is 3 . This helps you to relax.

Close your 4 for one minute. Count to ten.

5 , go outside and maybe go for a walk.

When you are tired, 6 down and forget about your problems.

Healthy habits

Circle the correct option.1 It’s good for you to 1 eat a balanced diet / eat junk food.

It’s good for you to 2 drink plenty of water / drink a lot of caffeine.

When you’re studying it’s good for you to 3 take regular breaks / stay up late.

It isn’t good for you to 4 spend a lot of time watching TV / doing regular exercise.

It isn’t good for you to 5 take time to relax / get stressed.

It isn’t good for you to 6 stay inside all the time / do regular exercise.

Complete the sentences. 2

1

2

3

4

5

6

I like to eat a b 1 alanced d iet .

I don’t spend a lot of t 2 w TV.

My doctor says I shouldn’t eat 3 j f .

Of course I d 4 p of water.

It’s not a good idea to s 5 i all the time.

And the most important thing is: I never 6 g s .

157838 _ 0085-0096.indd 85157838 _ 0085-0096.indd 85 27/7/09 09:33:0627/7/09 09:33:06

Page 86: in tune 2

86Photocopiable: Richmond Publishing ® / © Santillana Educación, S.L. 2009

1

Healthy habits

Let’s go, let’s go, LET’S GO!

Order the letters. 1 Personal trainer You should eat a (1) balanced diet . (ancbaled iedt)

Bianca Can I eat hamburgers?

Trainer No! You can’t eat any (2) . (nkju oofd)

Bianca Do I have to do (3) ? (ularreg riseexec)

Trainer Yes, four hours every day. You should drink (4)

(entply of

atwer). Go to bed early because you shouldn’t (5) (tays pu tale). You’re going to need to (6)

(plees geiht hsour) a night.

Complete the words. 2 Bianca I spend a lot of time (1) wa t c h i n g T V .

Trainer You can’t do that!

Bianca Why not? When I (2) ta ti to relax, I watch TV.

Trainer Do you take (3) re br when you’re studying?

Bianca Yes, I take coffee breaks.

Trainer A little TV is OK, but (4) don’t dr a lot of ca .

Bianca I think I’m going to (5) ge very st .

Trainer Then go for a walk! Don’t (6) st in all the time.

Body words

Order the letters to make words and 3 complete the email.

leef | ttising | abthree | dnhas | ackb | aerlx

Dear Mum,

Please help me! I (1) feel very tired.

I can’t (2) . At the moment I’m

(3) down. Tom, my personal

trainer is horrible! I’ve got a horrible pain in my

(4) . We walk, run and swim

all day. I don’t like it. Tom says I must relax and

(5) . I’m going to stop writing

now, because I’ve also got a pain in my

(6) .

Can I go home, Mum?

Love, Bianca

Complete the words. 4

Dear Bianca,

I think you should stay if you are stressed

(1) l ie d own . Put

your hands by your (2) s . Close

your (3) e . Count to three and

(4) b . You should

(5) i through your nose, and

(6) e through your mouth.

When you do this, you’ll see that the training

course is great.

Love, Mum

Dictionary work

Circle the correct option.5 It’s good for you:

Chill out1 . / Don’t chill out.

Stay in shape2 . / Don’t stay in shape.

Stuff yourself3 / Don’t stuff yourself with a lot of fast food.

Wind down / Don’t wind down.4 Stay5 / Don’t stay calm.

Get6 / Don’t get some fresh air.

ExtensionVocabularyVocabularyVocabularyVocabulary 777

157838 _ 0085-0096.indd 86157838 _ 0085-0096.indd 86 27/7/09 09:33:0727/7/09 09:33:07

Page 87: in tune 2

87Photocopiable: Richmond Publishing ® / © Santillana Educación, S.L. 2009

Reinforcement

should

Circle the correct option. 1

Th e teacher’s tips1 You should / shouldn’t only speak English

in class. It’s easier than you think! 2 You should / shouldn’t write down 5-8

new words in every class. 3 You should / shouldn’t do English

homework. Class work isn’t enough. 4 You should / shouldn’t read song lyrics

in English. Th ey’re normally on the Internet.

5 You should / shouldn’t think it’s impossible. It’s possible when you think positively.

6 You should / shouldn’t be horrible to your teacher. Th e teacher’s here to help you.

should: questions

Order the questions. 2 what / I / do / in / should / the summer ?1

What should I do in the summer?

You should read a book in English.

I / watch / fi lms / should / in English ?2

Yes, especially when they have subtitles.

should / I look / at / what / Internet sites ?3

youtube.com have a lot of videos in English.

use / the BBC website / should / I ?4

Yes, you should. It’s a very good website.

where / I / should / go / to learn quickly ?5

You could go to the UK, Ireland or another English speaking country.

must

Write sentences with 3 must and mustn’t.

SCHOOL LIBRARY RULES

write on the books 1 ✗

You mustn’t write on the books.

speak on the phone 2 ✗

bring back the books after two weeks 3 ✓

eat or drink in the library 4 ✗

run in the library 5 ✗

have a library card to use the library 6 ✓

must v. should

Complete the sentences. 4

must | should | should | shouldn’tmustn’t | must

You 1 must go to school until you are sixteen. It’s the law.

You 2 smoke in the school, or outside the school. It’s prohibited!

You 3 respect the other students and the teachers. We think it’s a good idea.

The teachers and students 4 leave the school before

6 p.m., when the school closes.

You 5 try to study a little more. The exams are in two months.

You 6 get stressed about the exams. Take regular breaks and try to relax.

777GrammarGrammarGrammarGrammar

157838 _ 0085-0096.indd 87157838 _ 0085-0096.indd 87 27/7/09 09:33:0827/7/09 09:33:08

Page 88: in tune 2

88Photocopiable: Richmond Publishing ® / © Santillana Educación, S.L. 2009

Extension777GrammarGrammarGrammarGrammar

1

should

Write sentences using 1 should and shouldn’t.

1 4

2 5

3 6

Being happy - My tips:

do sport1 You should do sport.

get stressed2

play computer games, but not all day3

watch a lot of TV4

be horrible to your friends5

be nice to your mum6

should: questions

Complete the questions. 2 Teen problems

What should I 1 wear to the party?

I think you should wear black jeans and a black T-shirt.

2 ask Tom to be my boyfriend?

Yes, you should. You like him and he likes you.

3 ask my mum for more money?No, you shouldn’t. She doesn’t have much money. My family and I want to go on holiday. 4

go?You should go to the beach. I don’t understand. 5 talk to the teacher? Yes, you should. The teacher can help you.

must

Complete the rules. Use 3 must, mustn’t and a verb from the box.

clean | leave | help | use | eat | sing Welcome to Big Brother. Here are the rules for the people in the house:

You 1 must clean the house once a week. A dirty house is not nice!

Each team 2 a song in a concert on Friday.

You 3 a mobile phone.

You 4 other people’s food. This is not permitted.

If you lose, you 5 the Big Brother house. If you win, you can stay.

The team captains 6 their team. That’s their job.

must v. should

Circle the correct option.4 Professional cooks follow a lot of rules.

You 1 mustn’t / must / should wash your hands before you cook. This is rule Nº 1.

When you turn on the cooker, you 2 must / shouldn’t / should be very careful. If not, you could have an accident!

You 3 must / should / shouldn’t cook with garlic. It’s a good idea and it’s delicious!

You 4 must / should / shouldn’t use a lot of salt. A little salt’s good, but not too much!

You 5 must / mustn’t / should keep the food in the fridge. If not, the food can go bad.

You 6 mustn’t / must / should use your mobile phone when you cook

157838 _ 0085-0096.indd 88157838 _ 0085-0096.indd 88 27/7/09 09:33:0927/7/09 09:33:09

Page 89: in tune 2

89

VocabularyVocabularyVocabularyVocabulary

Photocopiable: Richmond Publishing ® / © Santillana Educación, S.L. 2009

Reinforcement888

Measurements

Complete the words.1 I love Sports Day at school.

We train for a long t1 i m e during the year: every day for two hours.

There’s a youth marathon. We run a 2 dis of six miles.

The bicycle race is really fast. The 3 sp is incredible.

The tem 4 in summer’s about 22ºC, so we drink a lot.

The typical we5 of a student wrestler is 50 kilos.

You can be any he 6 to do sport, tall or short.

Order the letters. 2 What was the 1 temperature yesterday? It was about 20ºC. (peratemture)

What 2 did you jump? I don’t know, but I won! (eighth)

Do you know the 3 of this race? Yes, it’s 100 metres. (englth)

Are you going to study now? No, I need to 4 spend some relaxing. (emit)

What’s the 5 between your house and your school? One mile. (isdancet)

Do you know your 6 ? No, but after Sports Day it’s a few kilos less. (ghtwei)

Life plans

Circle the correct option.3 1 4

25

3 6

I want to 1 be rich / have children.

When I’m twenty, I’m going to 2 do voluntary work / leave home.

It’s important to 3 get a job / get married.

I hope I 4 get a fl at / have good friends.

I wouldn’t like to 5 go to university / be famous. It’s probably very annoying.

My mother always says I should 6 have a good time / get a fl at.

Complete the dialogue.4

voluntary | world | successfuluniversity | live | job

Lee After school I’m going to (1) university . I want to study IT and languages.

Tamsin I’d like to do (2) work fi rst. And travel around the (3) .

Lee You’ll need money. You’ll need to get a (4) . I’m going to (5) abroad. Maybe in Japan.

Lee I’m not sure about the job I want. But I want to be (6) .

157838 _ 0085-0096.indd 89157838 _ 0085-0096.indd 89 27/7/09 09:33:0927/7/09 09:33:09

Page 90: in tune 2

90Photocopiable: Richmond Publishing ® / © Santillana Educación, S.L. 2009

Extension

1

Measurements

Circle the odd word. 1 Length: centimetres kilometres 1 litres

Time: seconds kilometres days.2

Weight: metres pounds kilos.3

Volume: litres pints inches. 4

Temperature: Celsius Fahrenheit minutes. 5

Height: foot week inch.6

Complete the sentences. 2

1

4

5

6

2

3

Look at the 1 speed of that dog!

Dot the Dog can also fall from a great 2 h .

She has no problems with high 3 t .

She runs a long d4 every day.

Then Dot the Dog sleeps for a long 5 t .

Every week we measure her 6 w .

Life plans

Match the parts of the sentence. 3 To continue your education after school 1 you can d

Everybody knows you. You’re on the TV. 2 This is what it means to

You’re a parent. You wanted to 3

When you go to a lot of countries on 4 holiday, you

If you need money, you should 5

When you stay in another country for a 6 long time, you

be famous.a

travel around the b world.

get a job. c

go to university. d

live abroad. e

have children.f

Complete the text. 4

be / successful | do / work | get marriedbe / rich | have / time | get / fl at

My horoscope today says that when I’m older. I’ll (1) be very successful . I’ll also (2) very , with enough money to buy a lot of things. It says that I’ll (3) to a handsome man, probably a Hollywood actor. Then we’ll (4) a in Los Angeles or New York. There’ll be a lot of parties, and I’ll (5) a good

. And I’ll (6) some voluntary too. Of course I don’t believe it!

Dictionary work

Circle the correct verb in the sentences.5 When I’m older I want to 1 learn / have how to drive.

I’d love to 2 do / start my own company.

It would also be cool to 3 make / build a fi lm.

My mum could help me to 4 build / go a house.

Of course we should all plan to 5 do / be happy.

It’s important to 6 have / be a lot of new experiences.

VocabularyVocabularyVocabularyVocabulary 888

157838 _ 0085-0096.indd 90157838 _ 0085-0096.indd 90 27/7/09 09:33:1027/7/09 09:33:10

Page 91: in tune 2

91Photocopiable: Richmond Publishing ® / © Santillana Educación, S.L. 2009

Reinforcement

will : facts

Circle the correct option. 1 The 2012 Olympic Games 1 will / won’t be in London.

Sophie’s twelve years old. In fi ve years she 2 will / won’t be twenty.

Next July 3 will / won’t have 31 days.

One day our sun 4 will / won’t die.

We 5 will / won’t live on the Moon next year.

Next year my grandmother 6 will / won’t be fi fteen years old.

will : questions

Complete the words in the questions. 2 W1 here will you be in 2015?

I think I’ll be in London.

W 2 w you do?

I’ll study to be an actor at Drama School.

Will you l3 with family or friends?

I have a cousin in London. I’ll live with her.

H4 long w you live in London?

For four years, maybe longer.

W5 w you do after Drama School?

I’ll work in the theatre and in fi lms.

W6 you b successful?

Yes, I think so. I’ll work very hard.

will : predictions

Complete the sentences with 3 will / won’t and probably.

My best friends are Robin, Darragh and Joe.

I 1 ’ll probably live in a big city because our town is small and boring.

Robin 2 live in a city. She doesn’t like busy streets and noise.

She 3 study medicine because she wants to be a doctor.

Darragh 4 go to Rome because he loves Italian culture.

Joe 5 stay here because he wants to travel.

Our lives 6 be very different.

going to

Write the plans for the weekend. 4 1

4 ✓

6 ✓

2

5

3

play football1

She’s going to play football.

make lunch for his friends2

study all weekend3

have a good time this weekend4

work extra hours5

visit her friends in Mexico6

888GrammarGrammarGrammarGrammar

157838 _ 0085-0096.indd 91157838 _ 0085-0096.indd 91 27/7/09 09:33:1027/7/09 09:33:10

Page 92: in tune 2

92Photocopiable: Richmond Publishing ® / © Santillana Educación, S.L. 2009

Extension888GrammarGrammarGrammarGrammar

1

will: facts

Complete the sentences with 1 will and won’t.

I have to study today because we 1 will have an exam on Tuesday.

The exams are important so I 2 watch TV tonight.

After the last exam, we 3 have a party because we need it.

My friend is a DJ. He 4 play music at the party.

On Saturday I 5 get up early to study. I love sleeping!

In July, I 6 study because all my exams are over.

will: questions

Order the questions. Then match them 2 with the answers.

do / in the summer / what / will you ?1

What will you do in the summer?

you / a job / will / get ?2

you / on holiday / go / will ?3

you / to school / go back / will / in 4 September ?

will / you / what / study ?5

No, I won’t. I’ll go to university. a

Medicine, I think. b

Yes, I will. I’ll go to the mountains. c

No, I won’t - but I’ll do voluntary work. d

I’ll have a good time! e 1

going to v. will probably, probably won’t

Complete the sentences.3 Next month I 1 ’m going to see see a rock concert. I already bought the tickets.

My friends 2 come. They haven’t got any money.

My sister 3 buy a ticket too, but I’m not sure.

I 4 have a birthday party. I decided this last week.

We 5 invite a lot of people. Mum told me I couldn’t.

I’d like to organise a big party, but I 6 have time.

will: predictions

Complete with 4 will probably or probably won’t.

1

4

2

5

3

6

Next year I 1 probably won’t have a lot of free time.

In ten years’ time, I 2 be a ballet dancer.

Next winter I 3 go snowboarding.

In twenty years’ time I 4 have children.

When I’m fi fty, I 5 have perfect vision.

In fi fty years’ time, I 6 have hair.

157838 _ 0085-0096.indd 92157838 _ 0085-0096.indd 92 27/7/09 09:33:1027/7/09 09:33:10

Page 93: in tune 2

93

VocabularyVocabularyVocabularyVocabulary

Photocopiable: Richmond Publishing ® / © Santillana Educación, S.L. 2009

Reinforcement999

Superstitions

Order the letters.1 There’s a 1 fountain . Let’s throw some coins in it. (tainnouf)

On New Year’s Eve don’t forget to wear 2 your yellow . (earunderw)

In China people give children money in a 3 red . (veloenpe)

Where’s my 4 ? All my money is in it. (urspe)

I’m going to cry. Have you got a 5 ? (kerchiefdanh)

I’m going to keep this 6 for good luck? (shhorseoe)

Complete the words.2 I had a very lucky morning. I found a white (1) sn a k e under my bed. it was a toy! I ate (2) le because it’s 1st January, and I’m Italian. We also hung a (3) hor with the two ends pointing up.

The afternoon wasn’t so lucky. I walked under a (4) la on the street. Then I went to the bathroom and I looked in a broken (5) mi . Later I needed money for a coffee, so I took (6) co from a fountain. So will I have good or bad luck now?

Causes

Complete the sentences. 3

support | promotes | donates remember | take | do

Everybody should 1 do things to help the environment.

If we don’t 2 action, the situation will get worse.

My friends and I 3 charities like Greenpeace.

I haven’t got any money, but my mum 4 money to Greenpeace.

My school also 5 recycling. We collect bottles and paper to recycle.

We should 6 that this is a global problem. We need a global solution.

Underline the words. 4 1

2

3

4

5

6

b s t e u w1 c e l e b r a t e t h a i e w h s nh d s t e f i g h t a g a i n s t d h e t g a l d r2 d g e t a s g d o n a t e r s h w t s j s d n k3 t e g s u p p o r t p h a t w f e g d b x j s i t4 r e f d g h a l o p r e m e m b e r h a d t e5 j e h f t a k e a c t i o n s h e t a d k e i d l s6

157838 _ 0085-0096.indd 93157838 _ 0085-0096.indd 93 27/7/09 09:33:1027/7/09 09:33:10

Page 94: in tune 2

94Photocopiable: Richmond Publishing ® / © Santillana Educación, S.L. 2009

Extension

1

Superstitions

Complete the dialogue. 1

snake | purse | handkerchieflentils | fountain

Mary Those (1) lentils were lovely. Could you pay, please? I left my (2) at home. Oh no! I’ve got soup on my trousers.

Janet Don’t worry. You can clean it with my (3) . Look! There’s a white (4) over there. It’s coming out of that (5) . It was swimming in the water before.

Complete the words. Match the numbers 2 to the illustrations.

a

b

c

d

e

f

Jan My horoscope says I have to buy red (1) u nderwear if I want to have good luck. I also have to buy a (2) h and I can’t walk under any (3) l . What does your horoscope say?

Mary It says I shouldn’t look in the (4) m because it might be broken and that a friend will give me some (5) c today, to pay for my coffee!

Jan Well I’ve got some money, but I have to throw it in a (6) f .

1 a 2 3 4 5 6

Causes

Circle the correct option. 3 Please 1 donate / remember to put that paper in the recycling bin.

Every year I 2 celebrate / take action my birthday on 10th May.

My mother 3 does / fi ghts against something for charity every weekend.

The school library is 4 promoting / taking action language learning this year.

You can 5 support / donate people in different ways.

They are 6 promoting / taking action to fi nd solutions to their problems.

Order the letters. 4 Our class are 1 taking action against fast food. (kitang tacion)

We’re learning about healthy food. We’re 2 asking our friends to . (leph)

Our parents are 3 money for cooking classes. (natdoing)

People should 4 that there are tasty alternatives to fast food. (emberrem)

We’re not 5 any restaurants. (ngfi ghti ainsagt)

But we want to 6 slow food. (prmotoe)

Dictionary work

Finish the words or write /. 5 Christmas is an important celebrat 1 ion for my family.

In Dublin I visited the Garden of 2 Remembr .

Mum’s happy about her new promot 3 at work.

My grandmother makes a donat 4 to Doctors without Borders.

I can’t do my homework. I need your 5 help .

I always give my friends the 6 support they need.

VocabularyVocabularyVocabularyVocabulary 999

157838 _ 0085-0096.indd 94157838 _ 0085-0096.indd 94 27/7/09 09:33:1127/7/09 09:33:11

Page 95: in tune 2

95Photocopiable: Richmond Publishing ® / © Santillana Educación, S.L. 2009

Reinforcement

First conditional

Complete the dialogue.1

study | hear | won’t | ’ll do tells | ’ll stay

Mum If you study hard, (1) you ’ll do well in the exam.

Dennis But if Dad (2) me to tidy, I’ll have to do that.

Mum Dad won’t ask you to tidy, if you (3) .

Dennis If Jenny listens to loud music, it (4) be possible to study.

Mum Jenny! If I (5) that music again, I won’t give you any money pocket.

Jenny But Mum, if I have no money, (6) I in my room and play music.

First conditional: questions

Circle the correct option in the questions. 2 What will you do if you 1 don’t / won’t understand the homework?

I’ll ask my brother for help.

What will you do if he 2 doesn’t / will help?

I’ll tell my dad.

Will you 3 don’t come / come to my house if you fi nish early?

OK, if I have time.

Will Mark and Jessi be there if I 4 will go / go?

Yes, they’ll be here.

Will Mark’s mum take me home if my dad 5 can / can’t collect me?

Yes, I’m sure she will.

Will you order pizza if 6 we’re / we’ll be hungry.

No, but we can make pizza in my kitchen.

some/any/no + body/thing/where

Write s3 ome, any or no in the sentences.

1 4

2 5

3 6

Is there 1 any body in the house?

There’s 2 body in the garden.

But there’s 3 body in the living room.

There’s 4 thing in this room.

you need 5 thing to sleep on in a bedroom.

Is there 6 where to sit in this room?

every + body/thing/where

Complete the sentences.4 My brother thinks he knows 1 everything .

2 I know does voluntary work.

I take my MP3 player 3 I go.

There was a robbery. The police want to 4 speak to .

Tea’s ready. I cooked 5 earlier.

The paparazzi follow me 6 .

999GrammarGrammarGrammarGrammar

157838 _ 0085-0096.indd 95157838 _ 0085-0096.indd 95 27/7/09 09:33:1227/7/09 09:33:12

Page 96: in tune 2

96Photocopiable: Richmond Publishing ® / © Santillana Educación, S.L. 2009

Extension999GrammarGrammarGrammarGrammar

First conditional

Write 1 ✓ or ✗. Correct the mistakes.

If I buy a new game for my games console, 1 I won’t have any money left. ✓

If I don’t have money, I have to work in July. 2 ✗

If I don’t have money, I’ll have to work in July.

If Liverpool FC will win the league, they 3 will be so happy.

If Beyoncé comes to London, my friends 4 will go to see her.

The teacher is so angry if she sees you 5 writing on the books.

We are not understand the language if we 6 go to Japan.

First conditional: questions

Write the questions. Match them with 2 the answers.

you do on Buy Nothing Day / if you need 1 milk? What will you do on Buy Nothing Day if you

need milk?you speak French / you go to Paris?2

help you / will stop asking me questions?3

come with me to the hospital / I donate 4 blood?

give me a book / I have nothing to read?5

Yes. I want to donate blood too. a

Yes, I’ll speak a little French. b

Yes, I will. Or you could go to the library. c

I’ll ask the neighbour for some milk. d 1OK, I won’t ask you any more questions. e

some/any/no + body/thing/where

Circle the correct option. 3 Did you learn 1 anything / nothing / somewhere about the Red Cross?

Yes, I found 2 anything / something / nowhere about them on the Internet.

Last week I knew 3 somewhere / nothing / anything about this charity.

Now I know they have an offi ce 4 something / somewhere / nothing in my city.

Tomorrow I’m going there to talk to 5 anyone / someone / nothing.

I called them today but I didn’t speak to 6 nobody / anybody / anywhere.

every + body/thing/where

Complete the sentences. 4

Our class are doing 1 everything we can to fi ght against poverty in our city.

We believe that 2 in the city can help.

You can shop in a charity shop. These 3 shops are .

4 in the shop is donated.

We want 5 to know that the charity shop helps poor people.

Please don’t ignore this problem. It’s 6 you look.

157838 _ 0085-0096.indd 96157838 _ 0085-0096.indd 96 27/7/09 09:33:1327/7/09 09:33:13

Page 97: in tune 2

97Photocopiable: Richmond Publishing ® / © Santillana Educación, S.L. 2009

WelcomeVocabularyVocabularyVocabularyVocabulary

My profi le

Match the words with the examples.1 Name1

Age2

From3

Favourite actor/actress4

Favourite sports5

Cardiff, Wales a 3

Kate Winslet b 4

fi fteen c 2

football and basketball d 5

Janet e 1

Meet my family

Complete the words. 2 Karen’s m1 u m is a doctor.

Her d 2 a d works at home.

Karen’s got one br 3 o t h e r . His name’s Eric.

She’s got one si 4 s t e r . Her name’s Kate.

Karen often goes to her gr 5 a n ’s house.

Karen’s co 6 u s i n lives there too.

My room

Find the words.3 g s u w t t1 p o s t e r a g y t e h w o j d s ng s t e2 s h e l f o s a h e t w f s g b x d h i od a t u i e u a t w g s3 w a r d r o b e d h ah a e t s y b d h e4 d e s k a w r s f d t e g de n y j d5 c o m p u t e r p h a w t g s k x dp a u6 b o o k s x n y a h i w k d o w m l o

In the classroom

Complete the sentences. Then name the 4 objects.

1 I’ve got a pencil in my hand.

2 There’s a rubber in my

other hand.

3 I’m sitting at my desk .

4 There’s a piece of paper

in front of me.

5 My folder’s on my right.

6 My notebook’s on my left.

a

b d

ec

f

shelf a

lampb

posterc

clock d

blackboard e

f

157838 _ 0097-0098.indd 97157838 _ 0097-0098.indd 97 27/7/09 09:36:4027/7/09 09:36:40

Page 98: in tune 2

98Photocopiable: Richmond Publishing ® / © Santillana Educación, S.L. 2009

GrammarGrammarGrammarGrammarWelcome

98

My profi le: questions

Write the questions. 1 name / your / what’s ?1

What’s your name?

My name’s Janet.

are / you / from / where ?2 Where are you from?

I’m from Cardiff in Wales.

you / are / how / old ?3 How old are you?

I’m fi fteen.

your / birthday / when’s ?4 When’s your birthday?

It’s on 22nd February.

who / are / actors / favourite / your ?5 Who are your favourite actors?

Kate Winslet and Leonardo di Caprio.

are / your / what / sports / favourite ?6 What are your favourite sports?

Football and basketball.

have got : questions

Complete the questions. 2

have | how | got | has | has | got

Has 1 Janet got a dog?

Yes, she has. Its name’s Spot.

Have Janet’s family 2 got a big house?

No, they haven’t. But they’ve got a big garden.

Have3 they got any cats?

Yes, they have. How4 many cats have they got?

They’ve got two cats, Sunny and Snow. Has5 Janet got a lot of friends?

Yes, she has.

Have her friends 6 got pets?

Yes. They’ve got dogs, cats and mice.

there is/there are

Write 3 ✓ or ✗. Correct the false information.

There’s a computer on the desk. 1 ✓

There are some pens on the desk. 2 ✗

There aren’t any pens on the desk.

There aren’t any books on the shelf. 3 ✗

There are some books on the shelf.

There isn’t a girl on the bed. 4 ✗

There is a girl on the bed.

There’s a poster on the wall. 5 ✓

There aren’t any folders on the desk. 6 ✗ There is a folder on the desk.

There’s a basketball on the fl oor. 7 ✗ There’s a basketball on the shelf.

In the classroom: questions

Complete the questions. 4 Can I bor 1 r o w a pen, please?

How do you sp 2 e l l that, please?

Can you sp 3 e a k louder, please?

Can I go to the to 4 i l e t , please?

Have you g 5 o t a rubber?

How do you s 6 a y pizarra in English?

157838 _ 0097-0098.indd 98157838 _ 0097-0098.indd 98 27/7/09 09:36:4027/7/09 09:36:40

Page 99: in tune 2

99

VocabularyVocabularyVocabularyVocabulary

Photocopiable: Richmond Publishing ® / © Santillana Educación, S.L. 2009

111Reinforcement

Personality adjectives

Find the adjectives. Then complete the 1 sentences.

h i e t u r g r u m p y a g e t w h s1 o h s u w k2 c h e e r f u l a l s k i ea w r d s3 c o n f i d e n t a g s e r ah e t w4 a c t i v e o e w i s h e n a p o l k a w5 g e n e r o u s h s a j w i o a w s c x r e i w6 t a l k a t i v e s h

Our Maths teacher’s 1 grumpy .

But in summer he’s 2 cheerful .

The French teacher’s 3 confi dent .

And her students are 4 active .

My best friends are 5 generous .

Students are often 6 talkative .

Write the adjectives. 2 I’ve got a group of friends at school.

Martin sleeps a lot. He’s very l1 a z y . Tina always gives me sandwiches. She’s 2 gen e r o u s .

But if Tina doesn’t know a person, she’s 3 very s h y .

Bob doesn’t talk a lot. He’s qu 4 i e t .

Bob helps me with my homework. He’s 5 ki n d . Not like my brother! He never helps me. 6 He’s sel f i s h .

Order the letters.3 Bob What’s an ideal friend for you, Tina?Tina An ideal friend must smile a lot and be (1) cheerful (heercluf).Bob And he must think about other people. I don’t want (2) selfi sh (fi shles) friends. Tina An ideal friend must talk to me a lot. I like (3) talkative (atitalkve) people. Bob I also like it when people listen. So my ideal friend can be (4) quiet (tuqie). Tina I like my friends to be cheerful. I don’t like (5) grumpy (rumgpy) people. Bob And he must share his things with me. It’s important to be (6) generous (erousgen).

Hobbies

Circle the correct option. 4

1 4

2 5

3 6

I’m really into 1 camping / dancing.

I love opera and I love 2 playing cards / singing.

I 3 do martial arts / play the guitar three times a week.

My brother’s in a band. He plays 4 board games / the guitar.

My dad’s favourite hobby is 5 cooking / camping.

My grandad was in a play last week. 6 He loves painting / acting.

Complete the sentences.5

Internet | camping | boardcards | reading | painting

There are a lot of clubs in our school. Books are popular. We love (1) reading . If you like art, there’s also a club for (2) painting . The computer room’s always full. People like surfi ng the (3) Internet . You can fi nd people playing (4) board games at the games club. In the café there are always students playing (5) cards .

157838 _ 0099-0110.indd 99157838 _ 0099-0110.indd 99 27/7/09 09:40:4027/7/09 09:40:40

Page 100: in tune 2

100Photocopiable: Richmond Publishing ® / © Santillana Educación, S.L. 2009

Personality adjectives

Circle the adjective that isn’t an opposite.1 cheerful1 selfi sh generous.

confi dent unkind shy 2

talkative lazy active 3

grumpy cheerful kind 4

kind confi dent unkind 5

quiet talkative selfi sh 6

Complete the advertisement. 2

Dictionary work

Are the personality adjectives negative or 3 positive?

sociable | two-faced | envioussensitive | vain | open-minded

positive negative

sensitive two-facedsociable envious

open-minded vain

Hobbies

Write true or false. Correct the false 4 sentences.

1

2

3 6

5

4

She likes painting. 1

False. She likes playing the guitar.

He’s into cooking. 2

True.

She loves playing cards. 3

False. She loves singing.

She likes camping. 4

False. She likes dancing.

They’re into drama.5

True.

He’s very good at surfi ng the Internet.6

False. He’s very good at martial arts.

1

VocabularyVocabularyVocabularyVocabulary 111Extension

157838 _ 0099-0110.indd 100157838 _ 0099-0110.indd 100 27/7/09 09:40:4027/7/09 09:40:40

Page 101: in tune 2

101Photocopiable: Richmond Publishing ® / © Santillana Educación, S.L. 2009

111GrammarGrammarGrammarGrammarReinforcement

Present simple

Complete the sentences.1 Rihanna 1 doesn’t live in China. (not live)

Stephen Spielberg 2 lives in Los Angeles. (live)

Angelina Jolie 3 has got a lot of children. (have)

Madonna 4 goes to the gym a lot. (go)

The pop group Tokio Hotel 5 don’t live live in Tokyo. (not live)

David and Victoria Beckham 6 meet a lot of new people. (meet)

Complete the questions. 2 Wh1 a t d o you do at the weekend?

I sing and rap in a pop group.

Do2 e s your boyfriend like your pop group?

Yes, he does. He’s our number one fan.

D3 o your friends lis t e n to your music?

Yes, they do. They also go to our concerts.

Wh4 e n d o you have concerts?

We have a concert every month.

D5 o e s your mum like your music?

Of course! But she says I must study.

D6 o you pl a y the guitar?

No, I don’t. But I play the piano.

Adverbs of frequency

Order the letters to make words. 3 R Star Hi, David G. How often do you talk to your fans?David G I (1) never (verne) talk to my fans because I’m shy. R Star I (2) always (waysal) write a blog for my fans. Every day! David G My secretary (3) sometimes (timsomees) answers my emails.

R Star I (4) hardly ever (rdhaly vree) use my computer. I’m not a fan of email. David G How often do you go to the gym?R Star I go to the gym (5) twice (witce) a week, on Wednesday and Friday. David G Are you always cheerful?R Star I’m (6) usually (allyusu) cheerful. But yesterday I was tired and grumpy!

Write true or false. Correct the false 4 sentences.

David’sWeek! M

onda

y

Tues

day

Wed

nesd

ay

Thu

rsda

y

Frid

ay

Satu

rday

Sund

ay

go swimming ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

play golf ✓ ✓

have lunch with R Starwrite a song ✓ ✓

do an interview ✓ ✓ ✓

play tennis with Eve

make music ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

David G never goes swimming. 1

False. David goes swimming every day.

He plays golf twice a week. 2

True.

He often has lunch with R Star. 3

False. He never has lunch with Star.

He writes a song every day. 4

False. He writes a song twice a week.

He does an interview twice a week. 5

False. He does an interview three times a week.

He plays tennis with Eve once a week. 6

True.

He makes music once a week. 7

False. He makes music four times a week.

n

157838 _ 0099-0110.indd 101157838 _ 0099-0110.indd 101 27/7/09 09:40:4527/7/09 09:40:45

Page 102: in tune 2

102Photocopiable: Richmond Publishing ® / © Santillana Educación, S.L. 2009

111GrammarGrammarGrammarGrammarExtension

Present simple

a

e

c

b

d

f

Complete the sentences. Match the 1 pictures with the sentences.

Selfi sh Sam’1 s got a lot of things. (have) e

His parents 2 don’t listen to him. (not listen) a

He 3 doesn’t help his grandmother. (not help) f

Sam’s sister cooks and Sam 4 relaxes . (relax) c

He 5 forgets his mother’s birthday. (forget) d

When his parents and sister 6 go on holiday, Sam stays at home. (go) b

Write the questions. 2 Where 1 do Sam’s family go on holiday?

Sam’s family go to the beach.

Do 2 Sam’s family write to him ?

Yes, they do. They send him an e-postcard.

What 3 does Sam do ?

Sam watches TV at home.

Does 4 his grandmother go on holiday ?

No, his grandmother doesn’t go on holiday.

When 5 does Sam’s family come home ?

Sam’s family come home one week later.

How often 6 does Sam go on holiday ?

Sam never goes on holiday. He’s too lazy!

Adverbs of frequency

Write 3 ✓ or ✗. Correct the mistakes.

My girlfriend never is grumpy. 1 ✗

My girlfriend’s never grumpy.

We often watch fi lms together. 2 ✓

She goes usually dancing. 3 ✗

She usually goes dancing.

She listens sometimes to rock music. 4 ✗

She sometimes listens to rock music.

She plays sport every day. 5 ✓

We at the weekend do martial arts. 6 ✗

We do martial arts at the weekend.

She’s always generous to me. 7 ✓

like + -ing form

Complete the sentences for you. 4

not mind | not like | like | hate | love

making | doing | cooking | dancing | writing

I 1 emails.

I 2 housework.

I 3 .

I 4 .

I 5 my bed.

1

Student’s own answers

157838 _ 0099-0110.indd 102157838 _ 0099-0110.indd 102 27/7/09 09:40:4527/7/09 09:40:45

Page 103: in tune 2

103

VocabularyVocabularyVocabularyVocabulary

Photocopiable: Richmond Publishing ® / © Santillana Educación, S.L. 2009

222Reinforcement

Shops

Circle the correct option. 1 My dad always buys bread at the 1 jeweller’s / baker’s.

There are a lot of fi sh and rabbits in the 2 pet shop / sweet shop.

Look at the lovely fl owers in the 3 fl orist’s / bookshop.

You can buy this workbook at a 4 sweet shop / bookshop.

I must go to the 5 shoe shop / chemist’s because I need medicine.

We’re going to buy a newspaper at the 6 music shop / newsagent’s.

Complete the sentences. 2

1 4

2 5

3 6

My favourite shop’s the 1 music shop in my town.

We love the 2 mobile phone shop.

I’m a fan of the 3 shoe shop.

We like the 4 sweet shop.

I go to the 5 jeweller’s every week. It’s my favourite shop.

My sister’s got a stamp collection. Her 6 favourite shop’s the post offi ce .

Order the letters.3 You can buy cakes and croissants at the 1

baker’s . (kebar’s)

You can buy toothpaste, shampoo and 2 aspirin at the chemist’s . (hemtics’s)

There are a lot of animals in the 3 pet shop . (tep hops)

At my local 4 bookshop , you can read and have a coffee too. (koobhops)

If you need to send a letter or package, go 5 to the coff ee shop . (stop fecofe)

My dentist says I must stop going to the 6 sweet shop . (twees hops)

Music genres

Find the words. Then complete the 4 sentences.

h w a u s1 c l a s s i c a l m u s i c k a i e m n .h e u a k s2 r o c k g e w d a s g d a m s j e lb o k l d i e a s u3 j a z z w e a d n r u e j d l .e h a u i e h a i r s w o4 r e g g a e k w u a h e .h s u e h a k i w5 p o p a h s u w n x l m k s i e .s h a t r e t w6 e l e c t r o n i c m u s i c f a x l r .

My grandad loves a classical music .

I love rap and b rock .

My dad listens to a lot of c jazz .

We love dancing to d reggae .

My sister and I listen to e pop .

A lot of DJs play f electronic music .

Complete the sentences. 5 My mum likes co1 u n t r y music.

I want to play guitar in a ro2 c k group.

I go to salsa classes because I love 3 La t i n music.

My favourite music’s cla 4 s s i c a l music.

Dancing to p5 o p music’s great fun.

My dad says that h6 i p -h o p music started in the 1980s.

157838 _ 0099-0110.indd 103157838 _ 0099-0110.indd 103 27/7/09 09:40:4627/7/09 09:40:46

Page 104: in tune 2

104Photocopiable: Richmond Publishing ® / © Santillana Educación, S.L. 2009

Shops

Write the names of the shops. 1

1

2

3

4

5

6

He wants to go into the 1 baker’s .

The dog’s running into the 2 pet shop .

Mr and Mrs Bean are going to the 3 chemist’s .

My grandmother’s got a 4 sweet shop .

He hates working in the 5 newsagent’s .

She loves working in the 6 fl orist’s .

Match the descriptions with the shops.2 You can buy roses here. 1 b

Fans of literature often go to this shop. 2 f

You can’t send an email, but you can send 3 other things here. a

It sells boots and trainers. 4 e

You can buy rings, necklaces and watches 5 here. c

There’s a lot of sugar. 6 d

post offi cea

fl orist’s b

jeweller’sc

sweet shopd

shoe shope

bookshopf

Music genres

Order the letters. 3 Pop1 music’s sometimes called

popular music. (ppo)

Shania Twain’s music’s a mix of pop and2 country . (untcory)

Green Day are my favourite 3 rock group. (ckro)

Orchestras normally play 4 classical music. (ssiclacal)

DJing, rapping and breakdancing are 5 important parts of hip-hop . (pih-poh)

I’d like to play the saxophone in a 6 jazz band. (zzaj)

Complete the sentences. 4 L1 atin music’s popular in Spain.

Bach, Beethoven and Bizet composed 2 classical music.

Madonna makes p3 op music.

You can hear e4 lectronic music in many discos.

Kayne West and Fifty Cent are famous 5 hip-hop singers.

There’s a j6 azz festival in my city every year.

Dictionary work

Translate the words.5 butcher’s 1

clothes shop 2

fi shmonger’s 3

stationery shop 4

hairdresser’s 5

furniture shop 6

1

VocabularyVocabularyVocabularyVocabulary 222Extension

Student’s own answers

157838 _ 0099-0110.indd 104157838 _ 0099-0110.indd 104 27/7/09 09:40:4627/7/09 09:40:46

Page 105: in tune 2

105Photocopiable: Richmond Publishing ® / © Santillana Educación, S.L. 2009

Present continuous

Complete the sentences.1

Julie’1 s play i n g the drums.

Jason’2 s n o t sit t i n g at the piano. He’s standing at it.

Kath and Kate 3 a r e dan c i n g .

Al’ 4 s l i s t e n i n g to music.

The shop assistant’s got a book but he’5 s n o t read i n g it.

Nobody’6 s buy i n g a record.

Order the words to make questions. 2 Mary and Lorna / doing / what / are ?1

What are Mary and Lorna doing?

They’re having a coffee.

they / eating / anything / are ?2

Are they eating anything?

Lorna’s eating a cake, but Mary isn’t.

’s / Lorna / what / wearing ?3

What’s Lorna wearing?

She’s wearing an expensive suit.

working / today / is / Lorna ?4

Is Lorna working today?

Yes, she is.

’s / Mary / later / doing / what ?5

What’s Mary doing later?

She’s going to see her mother.

Object pronouns

Circle the correct object pronoun. 3 I’m in the Mega Music Shop. My friends 1 are with you / me / him.

Where’s the new Kanye West CD? I can’t 2 see him / her / it.

There’s a shop assistant. I’m going to ask 3 him / us / them.

The shop assistant doesn’t like my friends. 4 He’s shouting at him / them / it.

An old man wants help. The shop 5 assistant’s not helping me / him / her.

We’re going to another shop. This shop 6 assistant doesn’t like us / you / them.

Present continuous v. present simple

Write 4 ✓ or ✗. Correct the mistakes.

I go to a fi lm festival every summer. 1 ✓

I watch a fi lm at the moment. 2 ✗

I’m watching a fi lm at the moment.

Famous actors are usually going to the San 3 Sebastian Film Festival. ✗

Famous actors usually go to the San Sebastian

Film festival

Look! Scarlett Johansson does an interview 4 over there. ✗

Look! Scarlett Johansson’s doing an interview

over there.

Penelope Cruz is staying at my hotel at the 5 moment. ✓

Alejandro Amenabar also works here now. 6 ✓

I ask usually famous people for their 7 autographs. ✗

I usually ask famous people for their autographs.

n222GrammarGrammarGrammarGrammar

Reinforcement

157838 _ 0099-0110.indd 105157838 _ 0099-0110.indd 105 27/7/09 09:40:4627/7/09 09:40:46

Page 106: in tune 2

106Photocopiable: Richmond Publishing ® / © Santillana Educación, S.L. 2009

222GrammarGrammarGrammarGrammarExtension

Present continuous

Complete the sentences. 1

1

2

3

4

5

6

Agent M 1 is buying some sweets. (buy)

Agent T 2 isn’t looking at the criminals. (not look)

Agents O and P 3 are trying on on clothes. (try on)

Agents P and P 4 aren’t listening to the boy. (not listen)

The criminals 5 are running out of the jeweller’s. (run)

The shop assistant 6 ’s calling the police the police. (call)

Complete the questions. Match them with 2 the answers.

Wh1 a t’ s happening at the shopping centre?

A2 r e the secret agents hel p i n g ?

Wh3 a t a r e they doing?

I4 s Agent Black follow i n g the criminals?

This is terrible! A5 r e y o u looking at the criminals now?

No, sir. I’m talking on the telephone. a 5

No, they’re not helping at the moment. b 2

I think they’re shopping. c 3

No, he isn’t following them. d 4

Criminals are escaping with a lot of e expensive jewellery. 1

Object pronouns

Write 3 ✓ or ✗. Correct the incorrect pronouns.

The shop assistant is crying. The police 1 are talking to it. ✗

The police are talking to her.

There are no jewels in the shop. The 2 criminals stole her. ✗

The criminals stole them.

There’s a video camera. The police are 3 looking at it. ✓

The agents fi nd the criminals. They’re 4 stopping you. ✗

They’re stopping them.

I saw the crime. The police want to talk to 5 them. ✗

The police want to talk to me.

Agent Star needs to talk to his girlfriend. 6 He calls her on his mobile. ✓

Present continuous v. present simple

Complete the sentences. 4 Agent T always 1 buys buys expensive clothes. (buy)

He 2 isn’t wearing sunglasses at the moment because he’s sleeping. (not wear)

He usually 3 works at the weekend. (work)

This weekend he’s on holiday. 4 He ’s staying in a cool hotel. (stay)

The other agents 5 are investigating crimes right now. (investigate)

They 6 aren’t having a good time. (not have)

1

157838 _ 0099-0110.indd 106157838 _ 0099-0110.indd 106 27/7/09 09:40:4627/7/09 09:40:46

Page 107: in tune 2

107

VocabularyVocabularyVocabularyVocabulary

Photocopiable: Richmond Publishing ® / © Santillana Educación, S.L. 2009

333Reinforcement

Transport

Write the words. 1

m 1 o t o r b i k e

r 2 o l l e r b l a d e s s 3 k a t e b o a r d

t 4 r a m

p 5 l a n e

b 6 u s

Circle the correct option. 2 Travelling by 1 skateboard / taxi is expensive.

A 2 motorbike / car has two wheels and an engine.

An underground / A helicopter3 can fl y.

Travelling by 4 plane / skateboard can be slow.

Rollerblades / Cars5 have four wheels and an engine.

A 6 tram / plane is a good means of public transport in a city.

Places in a city

Find the words.3 h u s t w r a1 a r t g a l l e r y h e i d h s n l a o p w na g e w i t k p s o n a m w j r2 t h e a t r e s a h w i oh a w u3 m u s e u m a n s h w i o d p m w x j s ua g e t w h s n c j s i o a p w l4 c a n a l s h e t s g a ns g a t w h s b y5 s q u a r e s k d i o e l a p s l s o a kags tegask6 s ta tueks loepsakxwatshe

Match the descriptions with the words. 4 You catch a train here. 1

You can go over a river on this. 2

There are normally buildings beside this.3

You can see a lot of paintings here. 4

It’s got a lot of water in it. 5

This is a very large church. 6

a bridge a 2

a river b 5

a train station c 1

a cathedral d 6

a street e 3

an art gallery f 4

Complete the sentences. 5 In our city, it’s not safe to swim in the 1 c a n a l .

My dad’s the mayor. He works in the 2 t o w n h a l l .

The Guggenheim’s a famous 3 m u s e u m in Bilbao.

When it’s sunny, people like to sit outside 4 in the s q u a r e .

My mother’s an actress. She works in a 5 t h e a t r e .

There are a lot of shops in my 6 s t r e e t .

157838 _ 0099-0110.indd 107157838 _ 0099-0110.indd 107 27/7/09 09:40:4727/7/09 09:40:47

Page 108: in tune 2

108Photocopiable: Richmond Publishing ® / © Santillana Educación, S.L. 2009

Transport

Circle the correct option. 1 Let’s watch a fi lm! Catch the 1 motorbike / bus to your nearest cinema!

Top Secret is a new action fi lm. In the fi lm 2 the leading actress fl ies a plane / train.

She also jumps from a fl ying 3 tram / helicopter.

She skates through New York on 4 a taxi / rollerblades.

Her co-star Bruce goes down a mountain 5 on a skateboard / an underground.

Another famous actress stars as a 6 taxi / skateboard driver.

Write the type of transport.2 You can’t drive this until you are eighteen: 1

car

It’s a train but you see it on the street: 2 tram

You don’t see this on the street or in the 3 sky: underground

It’s a type of car. But you must pay the 4 driver: taxi

You can do sport with this: s5 kateboarding

Places in a city

Complete the postcard. 3

museum | river | cathedralbridge | Street | theatre

Hi everyone!

I’m in Dublin and my hotel’s on O’Connell (1) Street . I’m visiting great places, like St Patrick’s (2) Cathedral - a very big old church. We also saw great art at the (3) Museum of Modern Art. Tomorrow we’re going to the (4) theatre , to see a Shakespeare play. At the moment we’re on a boat, going along the (5) river . We’re passing under a very famous (6) statue . See you next week!Paris

Order the letters. 4

This is me with Bill. We’re in front of a 1 statue . (tatsue)

Here we are walking across the town 2 square . (uasqre)

We cycled over a lot of 3 bridges . (gesbrid)

We loved going to this cool 4 art gallery . (tar eryllag)

This is us on a 5 canal in Venice. (nacal)

Oh no! It was a dream. I’m at the 6 railway station. (waylair)

Dictionary work

Name an example.5 public park 1 Central Park New York

a monument 2

high street 3

pedestrian street 4

shopping centre 5

sports stadium 6

1 2

3 4 5

6

1

VocabularyVocabularyVocabularyVocabulary 333Extension

Student’s own answers

157838 _ 0099-0110.indd 108157838 _ 0099-0110.indd 108 27/7/09 09:40:4727/7/09 09:40:47

Page 109: in tune 2

109Photocopiable: Richmond Publishing ® / © Santillana Educación, S.L. 2009

Comparatives

Complete the comparative adjectives. 1 My bicycle’s fast1 er than my friend’s bicycle.

My bicycle’s also dirt2 ier than his. I have to clean it!

Rollerblades are safe3 er than skateboards.

My dad’s car’s m4 ore comfortable than the bus.

My sister’s room’s big5 ger than my room.

The computers at school are bet6 ter than my computer.

Complete the sentences. 2 Pau Gasol’s 1 taller than Fernando Alonso. (tall)

Travelling by motorcycle’s 2 more dangerous than walking. (dangerous)

Going to school by skateboard’s 3 cheaper than going by bus. (cheap)

New York’s 4 more expensive than Berlin. (expensive)

Paris Hilton and Lindsay Lohan are 5 more famous than Monica Cruz. (famous)

I think that Maths is 6 easier than History. (easy)

Write the comparative sentences. 3 Olga1 I think reading / interesting / watching the TV. I think reading’s more

interesting than watching TV.

Petra2 Maybe, but watching TV / popular.

Maybe, but watching TV’s more popular.

Olga3 Walking to school / healthy / going by car.

Walking to school’s healthier than going by car.

Petra4 Yes, but I think that going by car / exciting.

Yes, but I think that going by car’s more exciting.

Olga5 You / grumpy today / other days!

You’re grumpier today than other days!

Superlatives

Circle the correct option. 4

1

2

3

4

5

6

Jake’s the 1 laziest / most lazy boy in class.

Our teacher’s the 2 busyest / busiest teacher in the school.

PE’s the 3 excitingest / most exciting class.

Karen’s the 4 goodest / best football player in the class.

David’s the 5 worst / most bad football player.

Our Science teacher’s the 6 oldest / most old teacher.

Complete the sentences. 5 Our school’s the bi1 g g e s t in the city. (big)

I think we’ve got the m2 o s t interesting students too. (interesting)

The old3 e s t building’s the school library. (old)

It’s also t4 h e m o s t beautiful building. (beautiful)

Our basketball team’s the b5 e s t in the country. (good)

The school café has the tast6 i e s t salads in the world! (tasty)

n333GrammarGrammarGrammarGrammar

Reinforcement

157838 _ 0099-0110.indd 109157838 _ 0099-0110.indd 109 27/7/09 09:40:4727/7/09 09:40:47

Page 110: in tune 2

110Photocopiable: Richmond Publishing ® / © Santillana Educación, S.L. 2009

333GrammarGrammarGrammarGrammarExtension

Comparatives

Write comparative sentences. 1 Cinema = €15 / Disco = €10 / expensive1

The cinema is more expensive than the disco.

Dublin = 10°C / Barcelona = 25°C / hot2 Barcelona’s hott er than Dublin.

My dad = age 42 / my mum = age 45 / old3 My dad’s younger than my mum.

My Maths class = very interesting / My 4 Science class = interesting

My Maths class is more interesting than myscience class.

Plane ticket to Paris = €100 / Train ticket = 5 €95 / cheap

A train ticket to Paris is cheaper thana plane ticket.

Complete the dialogue with a comparative. 2

Beth Get the salad with your pizza. It’s (1) healthier than the pizza and chips.Kane Yes. But the chips are (2) tastier than the salad. (tasty)Beth I’ve only got thirty minutes. What do you think is (3) faster ? (fast)Kane The salad. And let’s order from the waitress. She’s (4) quicker than the waiter. (quick)Beth Yes, she’s also (5) friendlier . He’s not very nice. (friendly)Kane This restaurant’s (6) more comfortable

than the school café. (comfortable)

Superlatives

Write 3 ✓ or ✗. Correct the mistakes.

The most important person in my life’s my 1 mum. ✓

She’s the beautifulest person in the family. 2 ✗

She’s the most beautiful person in the family.

My mum’s also the busyest parent I know. 3 ✗

My mum’s also the busiest parent I know.

She’s the goodest business woman in the 4 city. ✗

She’s the best business woman in the city.

She’s also the worst cook in the family. 5 ✓

My mum’s not the most funny person at 6 home. ✗

My mum’s not the funniest person at home.

My gran’s the most interesting person in 7 the family. ✓

Complete the sentences with a superlative. 4 John The (1) most exciting website’s Teenage Second Life. (exciting)Peter Yes. But it’s not the (2) most

interesting . (interesting) John What do you think’s the (3) best website? (good)Peter I’m not sure. I think youtube.com’s the (4) most entertaining . (entertaining)John I saw the (5) funniest video ever on youtube.com (funny)Peter I think it’s got the (6) biggest collection of videos too. (big)

157838 _ 0099-0110.indd 110157838 _ 0099-0110.indd 110 27/7/09 09:40:4727/7/09 09:40:47

Page 111: in tune 2

111Photocopiable: Richmond Publishing ® / © Santillana Educación, S.L. 2009

VocabularyVocabularyVocabularyVocabulary 444Reinforcement

The body

Find the words.1 h d i e a t e w h s n1 a r m c h d s w i p w i ph d s u2 e y e w j a u s k a c n s k s i c x n cs h e t w a f g a g e w a f s3 h e a d o j w a eh a u w s t4 l e g a w t e r d f a h s a s g i e as r a g t5 m o u t h d s a i w o a l l x o d j d hg s t w r a f g s w i o c6 n o s e h o d y j s u

Complete the sentences. 2 Please don’t open your m1 outh when you’re eating.

Where are my socks? My f 2 eet are cold.

My h 3 air is very long. I need to cut it.

It’s very cold today. My n4 ose is red!

I surfed the Internet for hours yesterday. 5 Now my e yes hurt.

When I dance, I put my h6 ands in the air.

The face

Circle the correct option.3

My favourite singer’s got a big mouth and 1 thin lips / tooth.

She’s got a tattoo on her 2 moustache / cheek.

She’s got a long 3 beard / neck.

I can’t see her 4 ears / lips because her hair’s very long.

Her 5 eyes / eyebrows are very big.

She’s got a piercing on her 6 nose / tooth. You can see it when she sings.

Complete the words. 4

Dad

Uncle Stan

My dad’s got a long mous 1 t a c h e .

He’s got small ea 2 r s .

My dad’s got very thin l 3 i p s .

My uncle Stan loves his be 4 a r d .

He’s got very big eyeb 5 r o w s .

He’s also got a missing to 6 o t h .

Draw the description. 5

Aunt Beth

Aunt Beth’s got short black hair and big ears. She’s got a long neck and red cheeks. Her eyes are small and she has thin eyebrows. Her lips are thick. She’s got a lovely smile.

157838 _ 0111-0122.indd 111157838 _ 0111-0122.indd 111 27/7/09 09:36:0527/7/09 09:36:05

Page 112: in tune 2

112Photocopiable: Richmond Publishing ® / © Santillana Educación, S.L. 2009

Extension

1

The body

Look at the illustration. Complete the 1 sentences.

A7’s got a big 1 body .

It can watch fi lms with its fi ve 2 eyes .

It can run very fast because it’s got four 3 legs .

A7’s got three 4 arms .

It’s also got three 5 hands . It can write with all of them.

A7 can’t smell food because it hasn’t got a 6 nose .

Order the letters. Then draw B7.2 B7’s got long black 1 hair . (raih)

It’s got three 2 feet , but it doesn’t wear shoes. (eetf)

It’s got a small, thin 3 body . (boyd)

But it’s got a big 4 head . (hdea)

It uses its big 5 mouth to eat. (uthmo)

B7’s got a big 6 nose . (eson)

The face

Match the words with the descriptions. 3 tooth 1 d

beard 2 f

ears 3 a lips 4 b moustache 5 c neck 6 e

You’ve got two on your head. a

You can kiss with them. b

This is hair between your nose and your c mouth.

It’s a hard white object in your mouth. d

The part of your body under your face.e

This is hair on your face, above and below f your mouth.

Complete the dialogue. 4

beard | ears | cheekslip | eyebrows | tooth

Bert Do you cut your (1) eyebrows Rory?

Rory Yes, I do. But I don’t cut my (2) hair . I want it to be long.

Bert Have you got a piercing?

Rory No, I haven’t. I had a piercing in my (3) lip . It fell out when I kissed my gran. All my family laughed at me and my (4) cheeks were very red.

Bert My (5) tooth fell out when I was eating a sweet.

Rory That’s funny! And have you got a piercing?

Bert Yes. I’ve got piercings in both my (6) ears .

VocabularyVocabularyVocabularyVocabulary 444

157838 _ 0111-0122.indd 112157838 _ 0111-0122.indd 112 27/7/09 09:36:0627/7/09 09:36:06

Page 113: in tune 2

113Photocopiable: Richmond Publishing ® / © Santillana Educación, S.L. 2009

Reinforcement

was/were

Write complete sentences from the notes. 1 Luis Buñuel / French 1 ✗, Spanish ✓

Luis Buñuel wasn’t French. He was Spanish.

He / born in Calanda 2 ✓, born in Madrid ✗

He was born in Calanda. He wasn’t born in Madrid.

Salvador Dalí / Federico García Lorca 3 his friends ✓

Salvador Dalí and Federico García Lorca werehis friends.

Buñuel poet 4 ✗, a fi lm-maker ✓

Buñuel wasn’t a poet. He was a fi lm-maker.

Buñuel, Dalí and García Lorca / friends at 5 school ✗

Buñuel, Dalí and García Lorca weren’t friends at school.

They / friends at university 6 ✓

They were friends at university.

could

Complete the dialogue. 2

couldn’t | couldn’t | could | could could | couldn’t

Sally Dad, (1) When could you fi rst drive a car?

Dad I (2) could drive a car in our garden when I was 10. But I (3) couldn’t drive a car on the road until I was 25, because I (4) couldn’t pass my driving test.

Sally (5) Could you repeat that? It’s diffi cult to believe!

Dad Another problem was I (6) couldn’t use my mum’s car. She needed it for work.

Past simple: affi rmative

Complete the sentences. 3

1 4

2 5

3 6

Yesterday I 1 found some money. (fi nd)

So I 2 went to a fast food restaurant. (go)

I 3 had four colas to drink. (have)

I 4 ate fi ve hamburgers. (eat)

Then I 5 felt sick. (feel)

My mum 6 said it was a stupid thing to do. (say)

Past simple: negative and questions

Rewrite using the past simple. 4 Where do you go after school yesterday?1

Where did you go after school yesterday?

I don’t go home after school.2

I didn’t go home after school.

Do you play football yesterday evening?3

Did you play football yesterday evening?

No, I don’t. 4

No, I didn’t.

I don’t play football last night. 5

I didn’t play football last night.

I don’t feel very well. 6

I didn’t feel very well.

444GrammarGrammarGrammarGrammar

157838 _ 0111-0122.indd 113157838 _ 0111-0122.indd 113 27/7/09 09:36:0627/7/09 09:36:06

Page 114: in tune 2

114Photocopiable: Richmond Publishing ® / © Santillana Educación, S.L. 2009

Extension444GrammarGrammarGrammarGrammar

1

was/were

Complete the questions. Match them with 1 the answers.

When 1 was Arantxa Sanchez Vicario born?

How old 2 was she when she started playing tennis?

Was3 she eighteen when she won the French Open in 1989?

What number tennis player 4 was she in March 1995?

Were5 her brothers also professional tennis players?

No, she wasn’t. She was seventeen. a 3

She was four when she started playing b tennis. 2

She was the number 1 player. c 4

She was born in 1971.d 1

Yes, Emilio and Javier were also e professional. 5

could

Write the sentences. 2

1 4

2 5

3 6

When Justine / 4 / play tennis. 1

When Justine was four, she could play tennis.

When Justine / 4 / not tie / her shoelaces. 2

When Justine was four she couldn’t tie her shoelaces.

When Brian and Alan / 1 / walk.3

When Brian and Alan were one they couldn’t walk.

When Brian and Alan / 1 / swim.4

When Brian and Alan were one they could swim.

Justine play the guitar / when / 4?5

Could Justine play the guitar when she was four?

Justine play the guitar / when / 4.6

Justine could play the guitar when she was four.

Past simple: affi rmative

Complete the sentences. 3

live | think | travel | study | wear | die

I 1 studied a lot when I was a child. The teachers were very happy.

The teachers 2 thought my school work was very good.

My friends 3 wore a uniform to school. But there was no uniform at my school

We 4 travelled to the beach and the mountains on our fi rst school holiday.

When I was a child, we 5 lived with my grandmother in a big house.

My grandmother 6 died when I was six years old. I was very sad.

Past simple: negative and questions

Complete the sentences. 4 What1 did you like the most at primary school?

I liked Art and Music but I 2 didn’t like Maths.

Did 3 your teachers give you homework?

Yes, they 4 did , but we could do it in ten minutes.

What time 5 did you fi nish school?

I 6 didn’t fi nish school till 4 o’clock.

157838 _ 0111-0122.indd 114157838 _ 0111-0122.indd 114 27/7/09 09:36:0727/7/09 09:36:07

Page 115: in tune 2

115

VocabularyVocabularyVocabularyVocabulary

Photocopiable: Richmond Publishing ® / © Santillana Educación, S.L. 2009

Reinforcement555

Verbs of movement

Circle the correct option. 1

Gina Gym is a personal trainer.

She lives on the 191 th fl oor. She walks up / on the stairs to her fl at.

She doesn’t usually get 2 into / on a bus. She prefers to walk.

This morning she went 3 into / down a health food shop.

At the moment she’s coming 4 down / out of the shop.

She’s getting 5 into / up a big black limousine. It’s Steve Star’s car!

Quick! Run 6 down / off those steps and follow the car.

Complete the sentences.2

into | up | off | on | out | down

I get 1 on the bus outside my house. Sometimes I meet my friend there.

We get 2 off the bus at the park.

We go 3 into the park to exercise.

There are 400 steps in the park. We usually 4 run up the steps.

Then we are tired, so we walk 5 down the steps.

When it’s late, we come 6 out of the park and go home.

Science fi ction

Find the words. 3 s a s e1 s c i e n c e f i c t i o n d s g a t o rh s g w t s g a u e j w u s i2 a l i e n g a t e fa m k3 p l a n e t s h s t w a e r c x v d l s kh h s t a k i e o w4 f b i s h a n p o l i y t o l pg e j k s i a o w l5 s t r a n g e w a t e g d s jg e p w g s t a6 s p a c e s h i p k f j d i e o w

Complete the sentences. 4 My friends and I have a 1 s c i e n c ef i c t i o n club.

My t 2 w i n brother’s also in the club.

We would love to c 3 o n t a c t aliens.

Mum says it’s a very st 4 r a n g e club!

We’re all very interested in 5 sp a c e sh i p s .

I also like reading about other 6 pl a n e t s .

Match the underlined words with the 5 similar meanings.

I was trying to (1) call my friend Sue but she was in the cinema watching a (2) si fi fi lm. I thought that was (3) unusual because she’s not normally interested in (4) unidentifi ed fl ying objects. I think she’s more interested in the star actor than a fi lm about a (5) visitor from space or another (6) universe.

strange a 3

spaceships b 4

contact c 1

planet d 6

alien e 5

science fi ction f 2

157838 _ 0111-0122.indd 115157838 _ 0111-0122.indd 115 27/7/09 09:36:0727/7/09 09:36:07

Page 116: in tune 2

116Photocopiable: Richmond Publishing ® / © Santillana Educación, S.L. 2009

Extension

Verbs of movement

Complete the sentences. 1 Living in a city can be stressful.

In the morning you g1 e t o n the underground and it’s really full.

You have to push people to g 2 et o ff at your stop.

When you c 3 ome o ut of the underground, the street’s full.

You g 4 o i nto a café. The waiter’s stressed.

You’re late, so you r 5 un u p the stairs at school.

The teacher’s g 6 ett ing o ut of her car. She’s also late!

Complete the sentences.2

run | walk | getting | comeget | walk

When school fi nishes, I 1 run down the stairs.

I 2 walk out of the school.

I 3 get into my dad’s car.

Travelling in Dad’s car’s easier than 4 gett ing on the bus.

At home we 5 get out of the car.

Then we 6 walk up the stairs to our apartment.

Science fi ction

Write the words. 3

People think I’m s 1 t r a n g e

You can read about me in s 2 c i e n c e f i c t i o n books.

They say I travel in a sp 3 a c e s h i p .

People on Earth want to co 4 n t a c t me.

I come from another pl 5 a n e t .

I’m an 6 a l i e n .

Complete the sentences. 4

science fi ction | planet | FBItwins | spaceships | strange

My brother wants to investigate crime and 1 to work for the FBI .

I think that’s very 2 strange , but I’m different from him.

I’m one hour older than my brother. We’re 3 twins .

I’m more interested in space travel. I want 4 to design spaceships .

My dream’s to travel to another 5 planet .

We often watched 6 science fi ction fi lms when we were younger.

Dictionary work

Translate the words.5 stroll 1

sprint 2

hop 3

crawl4

jog 5

1

VocabularyVocabularyVocabularyVocabulary 555

157838 _ 0111-0122.indd 116157838 _ 0111-0122.indd 116 27/7/09 09:36:0727/7/09 09:36:07

Page 117: in tune 2

117Photocopiable: Richmond Publishing ® / © Santillana Educación, S.L. 2009

Reinforcement

there was/there were

Circle the correct option. 1 Mandy There (1) was / were a science fi ction fi lm festival on last week.

Sean Really? (2) Was / Were there any famous people there?

Mandy There (3) was / were some famous actors, but there (4) wasn’t / weren’t any fi lm directors, so I was a little sad.

Sean (5) Was / Were there any parties with celebrities?

Mandy Yes. (6) There was / were a big party for Paris Hilton.

Past continuous

Complete the sentences.2 We 1 were waiting outside the Palace Hotel. (wait)

I 2 was hoping to see J Dupp. (hope)

My friends 3 were feeling nervous. (feel)

The paparazzi and journalists 4 were talking on their mobiles. (talk)

The fans 5 were shouting ‘J Dupp, J Dupp!’ (shout)

I 6 wasn’t listening to them. (not listen)

Complete the questions. 3 Mr Dupp, wh 1 a t w e r e you do i n g last night at 8 p.m.?

I was doing interviews in my hotel room. 2

Who w 3 e r e you talk i n g to?

I was talking to a journalist. 4

Wh 5 a t w a s your manager do i n g ?

My manager was making me a cup of tea.6

After the interviews, wh 7 a t w e r e you doing? I was talking to the fans outside the hotel.

W 8 a s it raining outside?

Yes, it was. 9

Wh 10 e r e w a s your new fi lm showing last night?

It was showing at the Odeon cinema.11

Past simple v. past continuous

Circle the correct option. 4

I 1 was standing / stood in the rain when J Dupp came out of the hotel.

The paparazzi 2 were taking / took pictures when J spoke to me.

When J’s car 3 came / was coming, we were talking about his fi lm.

His car was leaving when he 4 was inviting / invited me to go with him.

When the fi lm started, I 5 sat / was sitting beside J Dupp!

Later, I 6 was saying / said goodbye to him when he gave me a big hug.

555GrammarGrammarGrammarGrammar

157838 _ 0111-0122.indd 117157838 _ 0111-0122.indd 117 27/7/09 09:36:0827/7/09 09:36:08

Page 118: in tune 2

118Photocopiable: Richmond Publishing ® / © Santillana Educación, S.L. 2009

Extension555GrammarGrammarGrammarGrammar

there was/there were

Write 1 ✓ or ✗. Correct the sentences that are incorrect.

Yesterday there wasn’t many normal 1 people on the street. ✗

Yesterday there weren’t many normal people in the street.

There was a big fi re in Central Park. 2 ✓

There were a policeman. He said 3 everything was OK. ✗

There was a policeman.

There were a lot of aliens. 4 ✓

There wasn’t any spaceship. 5 ✗

There wasn’t a spaceship.

But there weren’t any problems. 6 ✓

It were Halloween! 7 ✗

It was Halloween!

Past continuous

Complete the sentences.2

give | not answer | wear | carry not do | answer

A lot of children 1 were wearing strange clothes.

They 2 were carrying bags of sweets and chocolates.

My mum 3 was answering the door all evening.

She 4 was giving the children fruit for Halloween.

I’m sure those children 5 weren’t doing any homework last

night!

I 6 wasn’t answering the door because I had a lot of homework.

Order the questions. Match them with the 3 answers.

you / doing / yesterday morning / what / 1 were ?

What were you doing yesterday morning?

what / happening / at / was / 10 a.m. ?2 What was happening at 10 a.m.?

running / up / the street / were / the thieves ? 3 Were the thieves running up the street?

were / they / doing / what ? 4 What were they doing?

the bus driver / what / was / doing ?5 What was the bus driver doing?

Thieves were running out of the a supermarket. I saw them! 2

He wasn’t doing anything. I think he was b afraid. 5

No, they weren’t. c 3

I was buying an alien suit for a Halloween d party. 1

They were getting onto a bus. e 4

Past simple v. past continuous

Complete the sentences.4 We 1 were dancing at the party when something strange happened. (dance)

A spaceship 2 was landing in front of the house when I looked out of the window. (land)

Two aliens 3 came out of the spaceship when the spaceship door opened. (come)

My friend 4 invited the aliens to the party when she saw them. (invite)

The DJ 5 was playing hip-hop music when the aliens came into the room. (play)

When Sophie’s mum 6 got home, we were cleaning the house. (get)

1

157838 _ 0111-0122.indd 118157838 _ 0111-0122.indd 118 27/7/09 09:36:0827/7/09 09:36:08

Page 119: in tune 2

119Photocopiable: Richmond Publishing ® / © Santillana Educación, S.L. 2009

Reinforcement666VocabularyVocabularyVocabularyVocabulary

TV programmes

Order the letters.1 We did a survey on TV habits at school.

The football team love watching 1 sports programmes. (porsts)

90% of students said it’s a good idea to 2 watch the news . (ensw)

But they also said they prefer watching 3 reality shows. (ityaler)

The teachers enjoy watching 4 documentaries . (mentiesdocuar)

The Simpsons5 was the most popular cartoon . (toonrac)

The 6 weather forecast was the least popular programme. (erweath)

Complete the sentences. 2

Kate What are you watching?

Mum I’m watching my favourite (1) so a p o p e r a .

Kate There’s a really funny (2) sit c o m on Channel 5.

Mum Watch it on your own TV.

Kate I can’t. Dad’s watching that (3) qu i z sh o w . And Peter’s watching a (4) mu s i c progr a m m e about Kayne West.

Mum I’m sorry. I’m watching this, and then my favourite (5) dr a m a ser i e s is on.

Kate Can I watch that (6) ch a t sh o w at 11 p.m? Madonna is on it.

Mum OK. I like Madonna too.

Electrical appliances

Circle the correct option. 3 The dentist says I must use an 1 electric razor / electric toothbrush.

You can have an electric or a gas 2 cooker / fridge freezer.

Can you give me the 3 remote control / electric razor? I want to change the channel.

The food stays cold and fresh in the 4 microwave / fridge freezer.

Could you take the clothes out of the 5 dishwasher / washing machine, please?

And put the plates and cups in the 6 dishwasher / remote control.

Complete the sentences. 4

1 2

34

5

6

Tina wasn’t happy. My parents gave her a 1 washing machine for christmas.

And Tom was a little angry. His present 2 was a dishwasher !

Dad can use his 3 electric razor in his offi ce.

Mum was also happy with her 4 remote control .

Gran got an 5 electric toothbrush .

Grandad was happy. His present was a 6 microwave .

157838 _ 0111-0122.indd 119157838 _ 0111-0122.indd 119 27/7/09 09:36:0827/7/09 09:36:08

Page 120: in tune 2

120Photocopiable: Richmond Publishing ® / © Santillana Educación, S.L. 2009

Extension

TV programmes

Match the description with the type of 1 programme.

You can see football, basketball or tennis 1 on this.

It’s a funny story with the same characters 2 in each programme.

It tells us what is happening in the world 3 every day.

MTV has a lot of these programmes. 4

It’s a continuing programme about the 5 lives of a group of characters.

It’s a competition. People must answer 6 questions.

a sitcom a 2

the news b 3

a sports programme c 1

a quiz show d 6

a music programme. e 4

a soap opera f 5

Complete the sentences. 2 I love c 1 artoons because they make me laugh.

You can learn a lot 2 from watching a d ocumentary .

Big Brother3 is one of the most famous r eality shows.

If you want to go fi shing, you should check 4 the weather f orecast fi rst.

My mum likes d5 rama series: she thinks they’re exciting.

I saw Jennifer Lopez on a c6 hat show yesterday.

Electrical appliances

Complete the dialogue. 3

cooker | electric toothbrushremote control | dishwasher

washing machine | electric razor

Dad When I was a kid we washed our clothes in the river, we had no (1) washing machine .

Bill I don’t believe you, Dad.

Dad It’s true. Your gran cooked on an open fi re because we didn’t have a (2) cooker . I had to wash the plates myself. There was no (3) dishwasher .

Bill Could you shave with an (4) electric razor , Dad?

Dad Of course not! And I didn’t use an (5) electric toothbrush to brush my teeth.

Bill What about a (6) remote control for the TV?

Dad We didn’t have a TV!

Bill Dad! You were born in 1965, not 1865!

Complete the words.4 My mum takes her food to work. She puts 1 it in the micro w a v e .

When I get home, I take a pizza out of the 2 fr i d g e fr e e z e r .

I use the co 3 o k e r to prepare some vegetables.

I put my dirty clothes in the 4 w a s h i n g m a c h i n e .My favourite electrical appliance is the 5 r e m o t e c o n t r o l for my sound system.

When I fi nish my lunch, I put my plate and 6 glass in the d i s h w a s h e r .

1

666VocabularyVocabularyVocabularyVocabulary

157838 _ 0111-0122.indd 120157838 _ 0111-0122.indd 120 27/7/09 09:36:0927/7/09 09:36:09

Page 121: in tune 2

121Photocopiable: Richmond Publishing ® / © Santillana Educación, S.L. 2009

Countable and uncountable nouns

Complete the sentences with 1 a, an, / .

I’m reading 1 a great book at the moment. It’s called Animal Farm.

It’s 2 / homework from our English teacher.

Sometimes we watch 3 a DVD in English class.

When I have 4 / time, I look at English language websites.

I get 5 / information about the world on the BBC website.

Yesterday I sent 6 an email in English. I wrote to a friend in New Zealand.

a lot of, some, not any

Complete the sentences. 2 There aren’t a 1 n y good fi lms on TV tonight.

There are a l 2 o t o f cool fi lms on at the cinema.

But I haven’t got 3 a n y money to go.

My sister’s got s 4 o m e good DVDs.

We’ve also got 5 a lot o f games for the playstation.

Let’s eat 6 a l o t o f ice cream and chill out!

How much? How many?

Complete the questions3 .

These are some things I would like to know.

How 1 much money makes a person happy?

How 2 many songs can I have on my MP3 player?

How 3 many languages can a person speak?

How 4 many people live on Planet Earth?

How 5 much homework is the teacher going to give us?

How 6 much free time am I going to have tonight?

a lot, not much, not many, none

Circle the correct option. 4

How much money do you have in the 1 bank?

Not many / None. I need to save some.

How many friends have you got?2

A lot / Not much. I’m very happy.

How many students did the homework?3

Not much / Not many. The teacher’s angry.

How much free time have you got?4

Not many / None. We’ve got exams now.

How much food is there in the fridge?5

Not much / Not many. I must go to the supermarket later.

How many emails did you write today?6

None / A lot. My computer’s broken.

not much/not many with verbs

Complete with 5 much or many and a negative verb from the box.

be | be | make | have | have

I’m sorry. I didn’t do my homework!

I 1 didn’t have much time.

No, there 2 weren’t many books at the library.

There 3 wasn’t much information on the Internet.

I 4 hadn’t much money to buy books.

But I 5 didn’t make many mistakes in the exams!

666GrammarGrammarGrammarGrammarReinforcement

157838 _ 0111-0122.indd 121157838 _ 0111-0122.indd 121 3/8/09 11:44:383/8/09 11:44:38

Page 122: in tune 2

122Photocopiable: Richmond Publishing ® / © Santillana Educación, S.L. 2009

666GrammarGrammarGrammarGrammarExtension

Countable and uncountable nouns

Write 1 ✓ or ✗. Correct the incorrect sentences.

I watched TV programme yesterday. 1 ✗

I watched a TV programme yesterday.

You could win money on the programme. 2 ✓

They play a music. You say what it is. 3 ✗

They play music. You say what it is.

I made an4 phone call. ✗

I made a phone call.

I won DVD. 5 ✗

I won a DVD.

I also won a6 book. ✓

a lot of, some, not any

Complete the sentences. 2

lot of | lot of | some | some | any | any

❤ My perfect holiday ❤

There are a 1 lot of beaches near my hotel.

There isn’t 2 any stress.

There are 3 some cool people.

There’s a 4 lot of great food in the restaurant.

There aren’t 5 any early morning plans.

There’s 6 some money in my pocket.

How much? How many?

Write 3 much or many. Using your Student’s Book, circle the correct option.

How 1 many units are there?

There are six / seven / nine units and a Welcome unit.

How 2 many pages are there in Unit 6?

There are four / eight / ten pages.

How 3 much of our rubbish is it possible to recycle?

It’s possible to recycle 60% / 80% / 100%.

How 4 many different characters are there in the programme Heroes?

There are some / a lot of / 10,000 different characters.

How 5 much time do teenagers in Spain spend watching TV?

They watch TV an average of 5 hours / 3 hours 38 minutes / 32 minutes a day.

How 6 many types of TV programmes are on page 51 of the Student’s Book?

There are 6 / 12 / 22 types.

a lot, not much, not many, none

Circle the correct option. 4 My dream house

How many TVs do you have?1

Not many. / Not much. / A lot. I think two TVs are enough..

How much space has it got?2

None. / Not many. / A lot. It’s a dream house.

How much time do you spend cleaning?3

Not many. / None. / Not much. About one hour a week. Robots help me to clean.

How many people live there?4

Not much. / None. / Not many. Me and my family.

How many rooms does it have?5

A lot. / Not much. / Not many. About a hundred!

How much cooking do you need to do?6

Not many. / None. / A lot. Robots do all the cooking.

157838 _ 0111-0122.indd 122157838 _ 0111-0122.indd 122 27/7/09 09:36:1027/7/09 09:36:10

Page 123: in tune 2

123

VocabularyVocabularyVocabularyVocabulary

Photocopiable: Richmond Publishing ® / © Santillana Educación, S.L. 2009

Reinforcement777

Body words

Complete the words.3 When I do tai chi, I st1 a n d up.

I hold my ar2 m s out and imagine I’m holding a tree.

I in3 h a l e and feel the air going into my body.

I ex4 h a l e and feel the tension go out of my body.

My ba5 c k is straight.

At the end I fe6 e l very relaxed.

Complete the sentences. 4

sit | feel | lie downstand up | eyes | breathe

Say no to school stress! You’re very tired and you want to 1

lie down and sleep.

But you’re at school! And you 2 feel very stressed.

The fi rst thing you should do is 3 breathe . This helps you to relax.

Close your 4 eyes for one minute. Count to ten.

Stand up 5 , go outside and maybe go for a walk.

When you are tired, 6 sit down and forget about your problems.

Healthy habits

Circle the correct option.1 It’s good for you to 1 eat a balanced diet / eat junk food.

It’s good for you to 2 drink plenty of water / drink a lot of caffeine.

When you’re studying it’s good for you to 3 take regular breaks / stay up late.

It isn’t good for you to 4 spend a lot of time watching TV / doing regular exercise.

It isn’t good for you to 5 take time to relax / get stressed.

It isn’t good for you to 6 stay inside all the time / do regular exercise.

Complete the sentences. 2

1

2

3

4

5

6

I like to eat a b 1 alanced d iet .

I don’t spend a lot of t 2 ime w atching TV.

My doctor says I shouldn’t eat 3 j unk f ood .

Of course I d 4 rink p lenty of water.

It’s not a good idea to s 5 tay i nside all the time.

And the most important thing is: I never 6 g et s tressed .

157838 _ 0123-0134.indd 123157838 _ 0123-0134.indd 123 27/7/09 09:43:4027/7/09 09:43:40

Page 124: in tune 2

124Photocopiable: Richmond Publishing ® / © Santillana Educación, S.L. 2009

1

Healthy habits

Let’s go, let’s go, LET’S GO!

Order the letters. 1 Personal trainer You should eat a (1) balanced diet . (ancbaled iedt)

Bianca Can I eat hamburgers?

Trainer No! You can’t eat any (2) junk food . (nkju oofd)

Bianca Do I have to do (3) regular exercise ? (ularreg riseexec)

Trainer Yes, four hours every day. You should drink (4) plenty of water (entply of atwer). Go to bed early because you shouldn’t (5) stay up late (tays pu tale). You’re going to need to (6) sleep

eight hours (plees geiht hsour) a night.

Complete the words. 2 Bianca I spend a lot of time (1) wa t c h i n g T V .

Trainer You can’t do that!

Bianca Why not? When I (2) ta k e ti m e to relax, I watch TV.

Trainer Do you take (3) re g u l a r br e a k s when you’re studying?

Bianca Yes, I take coffee breaks.

Trainer A little TV is OK, but (4) don’t dr i n k a lot of ca f f e i n e .

Bianca I think I’m going to (5) ge t very st r e s s e d .

Trainer Then go for a walk! Don’t (6) st a y in s i d e all the time.

Body words

Order the letters to make words and 3 complete the email.

leef | ttising | abthree | dnhas | ackb | aerlx

Dear Mum,

Please help me! I (1) feel very tired.

I can’t (2) relax . At the moment I’m

(3) sitt ing down. Tom, my personal

trainer is horrible! I’ve got a horrible pain in my

(4) back . We walk, run and swim

all day. I don’t like it. Tom says I must relax and

(5) breathe . I’m going to stop writing

now, because I’ve also got a pain in my

(6) hands .

Can I go home, Mum?

Love, Bianca

Complete the words. 4

Dear Bianca,

I think you should stay if you are stressed

(1) l ie d own . Put

your hands by your (2) s ides . Close

your (3) e yes . Count to three and

(4) b reathe . You should

(5) i nhale through your nose, and

(6) e xhale through your mouth.

When you do this, you’ll see that the training

course is great.

Love, Mum

Dictionary work

Circle the correct option.5 It’s good for you:

Chill out1 . / Don’t chill out.

Stay in shape2 . / Don’t stay in shape.

Stuff yourself3 / Don’t stuff yourself with a lot of fast food.

Wind down / Don’t wind down.4

Stay5 / Don’t stay calm.

Get6 / Don’t get some fresh air.

ExtensionVocabularyVocabularyVocabularyVocabulary 777

157838 _ 0123-0134.indd 124157838 _ 0123-0134.indd 124 27/7/09 09:43:4227/7/09 09:43:42

Page 125: in tune 2

125Photocopiable: Richmond Publishing ® / © Santillana Educación, S.L. 2009

Reinforcement

should

Circle the correct option. 1

Th e teacher’s tips1 You should / shouldn’t only speak English

in class. It’s easier than you think! 2 You should / shouldn’t write down 5-8

new words in every class. 3 You should / shouldn’t do English

homework. Class work isn’t enough. 4 You should / shouldn’t read song lyrics

in English. Th ey’re normally on the Internet.

5 You should / shouldn’t think it’s impossible. It’s possible when you think positively.

6 You should / shouldn’t be horrible to your teacher. Th e teacher’s here to help you.

should: questions

Order the questions. 2 what / I / do / in / should / the summer ?1

What should I do in the summer?

You should read a book in English.

I / watch / fi lms / should / in English ?2 Should I watch fi lms in English?

Yes, especially when they have subtitles.

should / I look / at / what / Internet sites ?3 What Internet sites should I look at?

youtube.com have a lot of videos in English.

use / the BBC website / should / I ?4 Should I use the BBC website?

Yes, you should. It’s a very good website.

where / I / should / go / to learn quickly ?5 Where should I go to learn quickly?

You could go to the UK, Ireland or another English speaking country.

must

Write sentences with 3 must and mustn’t.

SCHOOL LIBRARY RULES

write on the books 1 ✗

You mustn’t write on the books.

speak on the phone 2 ✗

You mustn’t speak on the phone.

bring back the books after two weeks 3 ✓

You must bring the books back after two weeks.

eat or drink in the library 4 ✗

You mustn’t eat or drink in the library.

run in the library 5 ✗

You mustn’t run in the library.

have a library card to use the library 6 ✓

You must have a library card to use the library.

must v. should

Complete the sentences. 4

must | should | should | shouldn’tmustn’t | must

You 1 must go to school until you are sixteen. It’s the law.

You 2 mustn’t smoke in the school, or outside the school. It’s prohibited!

You 3 should respect the other students and the teachers. We think it’s a good idea.

The teachers and students 4 must leave the school before

6 p.m., when the school closes.

You 5 should try to study a little more. The exams are in two months.

You 6 shouldn’t get stressed about the exams. Take regular breaks and try to relax.

777GrammarGrammarGrammarGrammar

157838 _ 0123-0134.indd 125157838 _ 0123-0134.indd 125 27/7/09 09:43:4227/7/09 09:43:42

Page 126: in tune 2

126Photocopiable: Richmond Publishing ® / © Santillana Educación, S.L. 2009

Extension777GrammarGrammarGrammarGrammar

1

should

Write sentences using 1 should and shouldn’t.

1 4

2 5

3 6

Being happy - My tips:

do sport1 You should do sport.

get stressed2 You shouldn’t get stressed.

play computer games, but not all day3 You should play computer games, but not all day

watch a lot of TV4 you shouldn’t watch a lot of TV.

be horrible to your friends5 You shouldn’t be horrible to your friends.

be nice to your mum6 You should be nice to your mum.

should: questions

Complete the questions. 2 Teen problems

What should I 1 wear to the party?

I think you should wear black jeans and a black T-shirt.

Should I 2 ask Tom to be my boyfriend?

Yes, you should. You like him and he likes you.

Should I3 ask my mum for more money?No, you shouldn’t. She doesn’t have much money. My family and I want to go on holiday. 4

Where should we go?You should go to the beach. I don’t understand. 5 Should I talk to the teacher? Yes, you should. The teacher can help you.

must

Complete the rules. Use 3 must, mustn’t and a verb from the box.

clean | leave | help | use | eat | sing Welcome to Big Brother. Here are the rules for the people in the house:

You 1 must clean the house once a week. A dirty house is not nice!

Each team 2 must sing a song in a concert on Friday.

You 3 mustn’t use a mobile phone.

You 4 mustn’t eat other people’s food. This is not permitted.

If you lose, you 5 must leave the Big Brother house. If you win, you can stay.

The team captains 6 must help their team. That’s their job.

must v. should

Circle the correct option.4 Professional cooks follow a lot of rules.

You 1 mustn’t / must / should wash your hands before you cook. This is rule Nº 1.

When you turn on the cooker, you 2 must / shouldn’t / should be very careful. If not, you could have an accident!

You 3 must / should / shouldn’t cook with garlic. It’s a good idea and it’s delicious!

You 4 must / should / shouldn’t use a lot of salt. A little salt’s good, but not too much!

You 5 must / mustn’t / should keep the food in the fridge. If not, the food can go bad.

You 6 mustn’t / must / should use your mobile phone when you cook

157838 _ 0123-0134.indd 126157838 _ 0123-0134.indd 126 27/7/09 09:43:4327/7/09 09:43:43

Page 127: in tune 2

127

VocabularyVocabularyVocabularyVocabulary

Photocopiable: Richmond Publishing ® / © Santillana Educación, S.L. 2009

Reinforcement888

Measurements

Complete the words.1 I love Sports Day at school.

We train for a long t1 i m e during the year: every day for two hours.

There’s a youth marathon. We run a 2 dis t a n c e of six miles.

The bicycle race is really fast. The 3 sp e e d is incredible.

The tem4 p e r a t u r e in summer’s about 22ºC, so we drink a lot.

The typical we5 i g h t of a student wrestler is 50 kilos.

You can be any he6 i g h t to do sport, tall or short.

Order the letters. 2 What was the 1 temperature yesterday? It was about 20ºC. (peratemture)

What 2 height did you jump? I don’t know, but I won! (eighth)

Do you know the 3 length of this race? Yes, it’s 100 metres. (englth)

Are you going to study now? No, I need to 4 spend some time relaxing. (emit)

What’s the 5 distance between your house and your school? One mile. (isdancet)

Do you know your 6 weight ? No, but after Sports Day it’s a few kilos less. (ghtwei)

Life plans

Circle the correct option.3 1 4

25

3 6

I want to 1 be rich / have children.

When I’m twenty, I’m going to 2 do voluntary work / leave home.

It’s important to 3 get a job / get married.

I hope I 4 get a fl at / have good friends.

I wouldn’t like to 5 go to university / be famous. It’s probably very annoying.

My mother always says I should 6 have a good time / get a fl at.

Complete the dialogue.4

voluntary | world | successfuluniversity | live | job

Lee After school I’m going to (1) university . I want to study IT and languages.

Tamsin I’d like to do (2) voluntary work fi rst. And travel around the (3) world .

Lee You’ll need money. You’ll need to get a (4) job . I’m going to (5) live abroad. Maybe in Japan.

Lee I’m not sure about the job I want. But I want to be (6) successful .

157838 _ 0123-0134.indd 127157838 _ 0123-0134.indd 127 27/7/09 09:43:4327/7/09 09:43:43

Page 128: in tune 2

128Photocopiable: Richmond Publishing ® / © Santillana Educación, S.L. 2009

Extension

1

Measurements

Circle the odd word. 1 Length: centimetres kilometres 1 litres

Time: seconds kilometres days. 2

Weight: metres pounds kilos. 3

Volume: litres pints inches. 4

Temperature: Celsius Fahrenheit minutes. 5

Height: foot week inch. 6

Complete the sentences. 2

1

4

5

6

2

3

Look at the 1 speed of that dog!

Dot the Dog can also fall from a great 2 h eight .

She has no problems with high 3 t emperatures .

She runs a long d4 istance every day.

Then Dot the Dog sleeps for a long 5 t ime .

Every week we measure her 6 w eight .

Life plans

Match the parts of the sentence. 3 To continue your education after school 1 you can d

Everybody knows you. You’re on the TV. 2 This is what it means to a

You’re a parent. You wanted to 3 f

When you go to a lot of countries on 4 holiday, you b

If you need money, you should 5 c

When you stay in another country for a 6 long time, you e

be famous.a

travel around the b world.

get a job. c

go to university. d

live abroad. e

have children.f

Complete the text. 4

be / successful | do / work | get marriedbe / rich | have / time | get / fl at

My horoscope today says that when I’m older. I’ll (1) be very successful . I’ll also (2) be very rich , with enough money to buy a lot of things. It says that I’ll (3) get married to a handsome man, probably a Hollywood actor. Then we’ll (4) get a fl at in Los Angeles or New York. There’ll be a lot of parties, and I’ll (5) have a good

time . And I’ll (6) do some voluntary work too. Of course I don’t believe it!

Dictionary work

Circle the correct verb in the sentences.5 When I’m older I want to 1 learn / have how to drive.

I’d love to 2 do / start my own company.

It would also be cool to 3 make / build a fi lm.

My mum could help me to 4 build / go a house.

Of course we should all plan to 5 do / be happy.

It’s important to 6 have / be a lot of new experiences.

VocabularyVocabularyVocabularyVocabulary 888

157838 _ 0123-0134.indd 128157838 _ 0123-0134.indd 128 27/7/09 09:43:4427/7/09 09:43:44

Page 129: in tune 2

129Photocopiable: Richmond Publishing ® / © Santillana Educación, S.L. 2009

Reinforcement

will : facts

Circle the correct option. 1 The 2012 Olympic Games 1 will / won’t be in London.

Sophie’s twelve years old. In fi ve years she 2 will / won’t be twenty.

Next July 3 will / won’t have 31 days.

One day our sun 4 will / won’t die.

We 5 will / won’t live on the Moon next year.

Next year my grandmother 6 will / won’t be fi fteen years old.

will : questions

Complete the words in the questions. 2 W1 here will you be in 2015?

I think I’ll be in London.

W 2 hat w ill you do?

I’ll study to be an actor at Drama School.

Will you l3 ive with family or friends?

I have a cousin in London. I’ll live with her.

H4 ow long w ill you live in London?

For four years, maybe longer.

W5 hat w ill you do after Drama School?

I’ll work in the theatre and in fi lms.

W6 ill you b e successful?

Yes, I think so. I’ll work very hard.

will : predictions

Complete the sentences with 3 will / won’t and probably.

My best friends are Robin, Darragh and Joe.

I 1 ’ll probably live in a big city because our town is small and boring.

Robin 2 probably won’t live in a city. She doesn’t like busy streets and noise.

She 3 ’ll probably study medicine because she wants to be a doctor.

Darragh 4 will probably go to Rome because he loves Italian culture.

Joe 5 probably won’t stay here because he wants to travel.

Our lives 6 will probably be very different.

going to

Write the plans for the weekend. 4 1

4 ✓

6 ✓

2

5

3

play football1

She’s going to play football.

make lunch for his friends2

He’s going to make lunch for his friends.

study all weekend3

They’re not going to study all weekend.

have a good time this weekend4

They’re going to have a good time this weekend.

work extra hours5

She’s not going to work extra hours.

visit her friends in Mexico6

She’s going to visit her friends in Mexico.

888GrammarGrammarGrammarGrammar

157838 _ 0123-0134.indd 129157838 _ 0123-0134.indd 129 27/7/09 09:43:4427/7/09 09:43:44

Page 130: in tune 2

130Photocopiable: Richmond Publishing ® / © Santillana Educación, S.L. 2009

Extension888GrammarGrammarGrammarGrammar

1

will: facts

Complete the sentences with 1 will and won’t.

I have to study today because we 1 will have an exam on Tuesday.

The exams are important so I 2 won’t watch TV tonight.

After the last exam, we 3 will have a party because we need it.

My friend is a DJ. He 4 will play music at the party.

On Saturday I 5 won’t get up early to study. I love sleeping!

In July, I 6 won’t study because all my exams are over.

will: questions

Order the questions. Then match them 2 with the answers.

do / in the summer / what / will you ?1

What will you do in the summer?

you / a job / will / get ?2

Will you get a job?

you / on holiday / go / will ?3

Will you go on holiday?

you / to school / go back / will / in 4 September ?

Will you go back to school in September?

will / you / what / study ?5

What will you study?

No, I won’t. I’ll go to university. a 4

Medicine, I think. b 5

Yes, I will. I’ll go to the mountains. c 3

No, I won’t - but I’ll do voluntary work. d 2

I’ll have a good time! e 1

going to v. will probably, probably won’t

Complete the sentences.3 Next month I 1 ’m going to see see a rock concert. I already bought the tickets.

My friends 2 probably won’t come. They haven’t got any money.

My sister 3 will probably buy a ticket too, but I’m not sure.

I 4 ’m going to have a birthday party. I decided this last week.

We 5 probably won’t invite a lot of people. Mum told me I couldn’t.

I’d like to organise a big party, but I 6 probably won’t have time.

will: predictions

Complete with 4 will probably or probably won’t.

1

4

2

5

3

6

Next year I 1 probably won’t have a lot of free time.

In ten years’ time, I 2 ’ll probably be a ballet dancer.

Next winter I 3 ’ll probably go snowboarding.

In twenty years’ time I 4 ’ll probably have children.

When I’m fi fty, I 5 probably won’t have perfect vision.

In fi fty years’ time, I 6 probably won’t have hair.

157838 _ 0123-0134.indd 130157838 _ 0123-0134.indd 130 27/7/09 09:43:4527/7/09 09:43:45

Page 131: in tune 2

131

VocabularyVocabularyVocabularyVocabulary

Photocopiable: Richmond Publishing ® / © Santillana Educación, S.L. 2009

Reinforcement999

Superstitions

Order the letters.1 There’s a 1 fountain . Let’s throw some coins in it. (tainnouf)

On New Year’s Eve don’t forget to wear 2 your yellow underwear . (earunderw)

In China people give children money in a 3 red envelope . (veloenpe)

Where’s my 4 purse ? All my money is in it. (urspe)

I’m going to cry. Have you got a 5 handkerchief ? (kerchiefdanh)

I’m going to keep this 6 horseshoe for good luck? (shhorseoe)

Complete the words.2 I had a very lucky morning. I found a white (1) sn a k e under my bed. it was a toy! I ate (2) le n t i l s because it’s 1st January, and I’m Italian. We also hung a (3) hor s e s h o e with the two ends pointing up.

The afternoon wasn’t so lucky. I walked under a (4) la d d e r on the street. Then I went to the bathroom and I looked in a broken (5) mi r r o r . Later I needed money for a coffee, so I took (6) co i n s from a fountain. So will I have good or bad luck now?

Causes

Complete the sentences. 3

support | promotes | donates remember | take | do

Everybody should 1 do things to help the environment.

If we don’t 2 take action, the situation will get worse.

My friends and I 3 support charities like Greenpeace.

I haven’t got any money, but my mum 4 donates money to Greenpeace.

My school also 5 promotes recycling. We collect bottles and paper to recycle.

We should 6 remember that this is a global problem. We need a global solution.

Underline the words. 4 1

2

3

4

5

6

b s t e u w1 c e l e b r a t e t h a i e w h s nh d s t e2 f i g h t a g a i n s t d h e t g a l d rd g e t a s g3 d o n a t e r s h w t s j s d n kt e g4 s u p p o r t p h a t w f e g d b x j s i tr e f d g h a l o p5 r e m e m b e r h a d t ej e h f6 t a k e a c t i o n s h e t a d k e i d l s

157838 _ 0123-0134.indd 131157838 _ 0123-0134.indd 131 27/7/09 09:43:4527/7/09 09:43:45

Page 132: in tune 2

132Photocopiable: Richmond Publishing ® / © Santillana Educación, S.L. 2009

Extension

1

Superstitions

Complete the dialogue. 1

snake | purse | handkerchieflentils | fountain

Mary Those (1) lentils were lovely. Could you pay, please? I left my (2) purse at home. Oh no! I’ve got soup on my trousers.

Janet Don’t worry. You can clean it with my (3) handkerchief . Look! There’s a white (4) snake over there. It’s coming out of that (5) fountain . It was swimming in the water before.

Complete the words. Match the numbers 2 to the illustrations.

a

b

c

d

e

f

Jan My horoscope says I have to buy red (1) u nderwear if I want to have good luck. I also have to buy a (2) h orseshoe and I can’t walk under any (3) l adders . What does your horoscope say?

Mary It says I shouldn’t look in the (4) m irror because it might be broken and that a friend will give me some (5) c oins today, to pay for my coffee!

Jan Well I’ve got some money, but I have to throw it in a (6) f ountain .

1 a 2 d 3 b 4 f 5 c 6 e

Causes

Circle the correct option. 3 Please 1 donate / remember to put that paper in the recycling bin.

Every year I 2 celebrate / take action my birthday on 10th May.

My mother 3 does / fi ghts against something for charity every weekend.

The school library is 4 promoting / taking action language learning this year.

You can 5 support / donate people in different ways.

They are 6 promoting / taking action to fi nd solutions to their problems.

Order the letters. 4 Our class are 1 taking action against fast food. (kitang tacion)

We’re learning about healthy food. We’re 2 asking our friends to help . (leph)

Our parents are 3 donating money for cooking classes. (natdoing)

People should 4 remember that there are tasty alternatives to fast food. (emberrem)

We’re not 5 fi ghting against any restaurants. (ngfi ghti ainsagt)

But we want to 6 promote slow food. (prmotoe)

Dictionary work

Finish the words or write /. 5 Christmas is an important celebrat 1 ion for my family.

In Dublin I visited the Garden of 2 Remembr ance .

Mum’s happy about her new promot 3 ion at work.

My grandmother makes a donat 4 ion to Doctors without Borders.

I can’t do my homework. I need your 5 help / .

I always give my friends the 6 support / they need.

VocabularyVocabularyVocabularyVocabulary 999

157838 _ 0123-0134.indd 132157838 _ 0123-0134.indd 132 27/7/09 09:43:4527/7/09 09:43:45

Page 133: in tune 2

133Photocopiable: Richmond Publishing ® / © Santillana Educación, S.L. 2009

Reinforcement

First conditional

Complete the dialogue.1

study | hear | won’t | ’ll do tells | ’ll stay

Mum If you study hard, (1) you ’ll do well in the exam.

Dennis But if Dad (2) tells me to tidy, I’ll have to do that.

Mum Dad won’t ask you to tidy, if you (3) study .

Dennis If Jenny listens to loud music, it (4) won’t be possible to study.

Mum Jenny! If I (5) hear that music again, I won’t give you any money pocket.

Jenny But Mum, if I have no money, (6) I ’ll stay in my room and play music.

First conditional: questions

Circle the correct option in the questions. 2 What will you do if you 1 don’t / won’t understand the homework?

I’ll ask my brother for help.

What will you do if he 2 doesn’t / will help?

I’ll tell my dad.

Will you 3 don’t come / come to my house if you fi nish early?

OK, if I have time.

Will Mark and Jessi be there if I 4 will go / go?

Yes, they’ll be here.

Will Mark’s mum take me home if my dad 5 can / can’t collect me?

Yes, I’m sure she will.

Will you order pizza if 6 we’re / we’ll be hungry.

No, but we can make pizza in my kitchen.

some/any/no + body/thing/where

Write s3 ome, any or no in the sentences.

1 4

2 5

3 6

Is there 1 any body in the house?

There’s 2 nobody in the garden.

But there’s 3 somebody in the living room.

There’s 4 nothing in this room.

you need 5 something to sleep on in a bedroom.

Is there 6 anywhere to sit in this room?

every + body/thing/where

Complete the sentences.4 My brother thinks he knows 1 everything .

Everyone 2 I know does voluntary work.

I take my MP3 player 3 everywhere I go.

There was a robbery. The police want to 4 speak to everyone .

Tea’s ready. I cooked 5 everything earlier.

The paparazzi follow me 6 everywhere .

999GrammarGrammarGrammarGrammar

157838 _ 0123-0134.indd 133157838 _ 0123-0134.indd 133 27/7/09 09:43:4727/7/09 09:43:47

Page 134: in tune 2

134Photocopiable: Richmond Publishing ® / © Santillana Educación, S.L. 2009

Extension999GrammarGrammarGrammarGrammar

First conditional

Write 1 ✓ or ✗. Correct the mistakes.

If I buy a new game for my games console, 1 I won’t have any money left. ✓

If I don’t have money, I have to work in July. 2 ✗

If I don’t have money, I’ll have to work in July.

If Liverpool FC will win the league, they 3 will be so happy. ✗

If Liverpool FC win the league, they will be so happy.

If Beyoncé comes to London, my friends 4 will go to see her. ✓

The teacher is so angry if she sees you 5 writing on the books. ✗

The teacher will be so angry if she sees you writing on the books.

We are not understand the language if we 6 go to Japan. ✗

We won’t understand the language if we go to Japan.

First conditional: questions

Write the questions. Match them with 2 the answers.

you do on Buy Nothing Day / if you need 1 milk? What will you do on Buy Nothing Day if you

need milk?you speak French / you go to Paris?2

Will you speak French if you go to Paris?

help you / will stop asking me questions?3 If I help you , will you stop asking me questions?

come with me to the hospital / I donate 4 blood?

Will you come with me to the hospital if I donate blood?

give me a book / I have nothing to read?5 Will you give me a book if I have nothing to read?

Yes. I want to donate blood too. a 4

Yes, I’ll speak a little French. b 2

Yes, I will. Or you could go to the library. c 5

I’ll ask the neighbour for some milk. d 1OK, I won’t ask you any more questions. e 3

some/any/no + body/thing/where

Circle the correct option. 3 Did you learn 1 anything / nothing / somewhere about the Red Cross?

Yes, I found 2 anything / something / nowhere about them on the Internet.

Last week I knew 3 somewhere / nothing / anything about this charity.

Now I know they have an offi ce 4 something / somewhere / nothing in my city.

Tomorrow I’m going there to talk to 5 anyone / someone / nothing.

I called them today but I didn’t speak to 6 nobody / anybody / anywhere.

every + body/thing/where

Complete the sentences. 4

Our class are doing 1 everything we can to fi ght against poverty in our city.

We believe that 2 everybody in the city can help.

You can shop in a charity shop. These 3 shops are everywhere .

Everything4 in the shop is donated.

We want 5 everybody to know that the charity shop helps poor people.

Please don’t ignore this problem. It’s 6 everywhere you look.

157838 _ 0123-0134.indd 134157838 _ 0123-0134.indd 134 27/7/09 09:43:4727/7/09 09:43:47

Page 135: in tune 2

135Photocopiable: Richmond Publishing ® / © Santillana Educación, S.L. 2009

Unit Activity Page

11Tell me!

Students play a board game and answer personal questions to move squares. 136

22Making requests

Students make, accept and reject requests, and give their reasons.137

33At the station

Students ask and answer questions about transport possibilities.138

44My arm hurts!

Students describe health problems and offer solutions.139

55Monsters

Students ask and answer questions to complete missing information. 140

66Recipes

Students describe the steps and ingredients that go into making a fruit smoothie.141

77Let’s agree to disagree

Students make statements, then give and justify their opinions.142

88Amazing animals

Students share information about animals and compare their measurements. 143

99Vocabulary review

Explanation 144

ContentsContentsContentsContents

157838 _ 0135-0144.indd 135157838 _ 0135-0144.indd 135 27/7/09 10:03:1327/7/09 10:03:13

Page 136: in tune 2

136Photocopiable: Richmond Publishing ® / © Santillana Educación, S.L. 2009

tell me!111Speaking activitiesSpeaking activitiesSpeaking activitiesSpeaking activities

1 Toss a coin to move.Heads = move one square.Tails = move two squares.

2 Take turns. Answer the questions.

START! Where are your parents from?

Are you generous? Can you give an

example?What’s your

complete address?

How often do you watch TV?

What do you do when it rains?

What do you talk about with your

friends?

What do you eat for lunch?

MISS A TURN

Where do you go at the weekend?

Do you play any sports?

Are you lazy or hard-working?

MISS A TURN

FINISH!

What are your hobbies?

What do you do fi rst thing in the

morning?

How often do you chat to your friends

online?When do you do your homework?

GO FORWARD THREE SPACES

GO FORWARD TWO SPACES

Do you play computer games after school?

Which ones do you play?

What do you like reading?

MISS A TURN

Who are your best friends outside

school? Are you talkative?

HowHH w

157838 _ 0135-0144.indd 136157838 _ 0135-0144.indd 136 27/7/09 10:03:1327/7/09 10:03:13

Page 137: in tune 2

137Photocopiable: Richmond Publishing ® / © Santillana Educación, S.L. 2009

222Speaking activitiesSpeaking activitiesSpeaking activitiesSpeaking activities

Student A

Read the information.1

Now listen to Student B and accept or reject the requests. Give your reasons.2 Yes, of course / No, I’m sorry…

Make these requests to Student B.3 Can/Could I borrow your mobile phone please?

You want to borrow Student B’s mobile phone.1 You want Student B to help with your homework tomorrow.2 You want Student B to take your photo for the school website.3 You want to borrow a pen from Student B.4 You want borrow the new Coldplay CD from Student B.5 You want Student B to explain the Maths homework.6

Student B

Make these requests to Student A.1 Can/Could I borrow your umbrella, please?

You want to borrow Student A’s umbrella.1

You want Student A to help with your art project at the weekend.2

You want Student A to give you two pieces of paper.3

You want to borrow £1 from Student A.4

You want Student A to tell you the time.5

You want Student A to write an email for you in English.6

Read the information.2

Now listen to Student A and accept or reject the requests. Give your reasons.3 Yes, of course / No, I’m sorry…

* You have only got £2 and you need it for the bus.* It is raining, but you have got an umbrella.* You really like writing in English.* You are wearing a watch.* You are spending the weekend at your grandparents’ house.* You have got lots of paper.

* You don’t understand the Maths homework.* You have got the new CDs by Keane, Coldplay and the Arctic Monkeys. * Your mobile phone isn’t working.* You have got a black pen and a blue pen.* You have got a really good digital camera.* You are on a school trip to the museum all day tomorrow.

157838 _ 0135-0144.indd 137157838 _ 0135-0144.indd 137 3/8/09 11:43:153/8/09 11:43:15

Page 138: in tune 2

138Photocopiable: Richmond Publishing ® / © Santillana Educación, S.L. 2009

333Speaking activitiesSpeaking activitiesSpeaking activitiesSpeaking activities

Student A

Read conversation one. Ask Student B questions.1

Now read conversation two. Answer Student B’s questions.2

Student B

Read conversation one. Ask Student A’s questions.1

Now read conversation two. Answer Student A’s questions.2

CONVERSATION 1

You are a customer at a railway station. Student B works in the ticket offi ce. You want to go to Bristol. Find out...

1 The time of the next train.2 The price of a day return.3 What time you can travel with a day

return.4 The location of nearest café (you want

a coffee).

Now buy your ticket.

CONVERSATION 2

You are a customer on the London Underground. You are in Tottenham Court Road station. Student A works in the ticket offi ce. Find out...

1 The line for Covent Garden.2 Is it necessary to change lines?3 The price of a single ticket.4 The price of a one-day travelcard.5 The location of the nearest bank.

Now buy your ticket.

CONVERSATION 2

You work in the London Underground ticket offi ce at Tottenham Court Road station. Student B wants to buy a ticket. You have got this information.

* The line for Covent Garden station is the Piccadilly Line.

* Tottenham Court Road is on the Circle Line. Change at Holborn for Covent Garden.

* A single ticket (adult) = £4

* A single ticket (child under 16) = £2

* One-day travelcard = £7.20

* The nearest bank is across the street.

CONVERSATION 1

Student A wants to buy a ticket at the railway station. You work in the ticket offi ce. You have got this information.

* The next trains to Bristol are at 8.30 a.m. and 9.30 a.m.

* Student A can buy a single or return ticket.

* A single ticket = £10

* A return ticket = £20

* A day return = £16 (but you can’t use it before 9 a.m.)

* There is a café behind the ticket offi ce on the left.

157838 _ 0135-0144.indd 138157838 _ 0135-0144.indd 138 3/8/09 11:43:153/8/09 11:43:15

Page 139: in tune 2

139Photocopiable: Richmond Publishing ® / © Santillana Educación, S.L. 2009

444Speaking activitiesSpeaking activitiesSpeaking activitiesSpeaking activities

Cut out the cards. Place the problem cards face down and the suggestion cards face up, 1 spread out on the table.

Student A: Take a problem card and look at it. 2 Student B: Ask Student A what the problem is. Student A: Explain the problem. Student B: Choose a suggestion card and offer some advice.B What’s the problem?A I don’t feel well …B You should/shouldn’t …

Continue the dialogue by accepting or rejecting the suggestion. 3 A I can’t because … / Yes, I think I will.

Swap roles and continue until all the cards have been used.4

PROBLEMS

SUGGESTIONS✂

157838 _ 0135-0144.indd 139157838 _ 0135-0144.indd 139 3/8/09 11:43:153/8/09 11:43:15

Page 140: in tune 2

140Photocopiable: Richmond Publishing ® / © Santillana Educación, S.L. 2009

555Speaking activitiesSpeaking activitiesSpeaking activitiesSpeaking activities

Student A

Read the text. Ask and answer questions to complete the missing information.1 1 What kind of woman was Medusa?

Medusa was a (1) ... (what?) woman. She had (2) ... (what?) instead of hair. If someone looked at her, they turned to stone.A siren was a monster that had the body of a bird and the head of a woman. It didn’t have hands – only wings.People believed that the monopods lived in (3) ... (where?). They were incredible because (4) ... (why?)!Cerberus was a big black dog with three heads.Trolls looked like (5) ... (what?) but they were very ugly. They had very big ears and noses. They were dangerous because they ate (6) ... (what?)!The cyclops had only one eye in the centre of its head.The (7) ... (what?) was a monster with the head and wings of an eagle. In the past, people believed its foot could ... (what?).The Midgard Serpent was a very long snake with an enormous neck. It could put its tail in its mouth.

Student B

1 Read the text. Ask and answer questions to complete the missing information.1

1 What kind of body did the siren have?

Medusa was a very ugly woman. She had snakes instead of hair. If someone looked at her, they turned to stone.A siren was a monster that had the body of a (1) ... (what?) and the head of a woman. It didn’t have (2) ... (what) – only wings.People believed that the monopods lived in India. They were incredible because they only had one leg and one enormous foot! Cerberus was a (3) ... (what?) with (4) ... (how many?) heads.Trolls looked like people but they were very ugly. They had very big ears and noses. They were dangerous because they ate people!The cyclops had only one eye in (5) ... (where?).The griffi n was a monster with the head and wings of an eagle. In the past, people believed its foot could cure sick people.The Midgard Serpent was a (6) ... (what?) with an enormous neck. It could put its (7) ... (what?) in its mouth.

157838 _ 0135-0144.indd 140157838 _ 0135-0144.indd 140 3/8/09 11:43:163/8/09 11:43:16

Page 141: in tune 2

141Photocopiable: Richmond Publishing ® / © Santillana Educación, S.L. 2009

Cut out the fruit smoothie recipe cards. Place them face down on the table.1

Play in pairs. Take it in turns to choose a card and describe each action. Use the words on 2 the cards. Continue until all the cards are used.The person is buying a mango and some bananas.

In pairs, order the cards. Take turns and explain how to make a fruit smoothie. Use the 3 words in the box.

First | Second | Next | Then | After that | Finally

A How do you make a fruit smoothie?B First I ...

666Speaking activitiesSpeaking activitiesSpeaking activitiesSpeaking activities

CUT UP

ADD

CRUSH

BUY

ADD

BLEND

DRINK

POUR IN ORANGE

JUICE

CUT UP

BLEND

157838 _ 0135-0144.indd 141157838 _ 0135-0144.indd 141 3/8/09 11:43:173/8/09 11:43:17

Page 142: in tune 2

142Photocopiable: Richmond Publishing ® / © Santillana Educación, S.L. 2009

777Speaking activitiesSpeaking activitiesSpeaking activitiesSpeaking activities

Cut out the cards. Place them face down on the table.1 Student A: Choose a card. Read the sentence and give your opinion. 2 Student B: Respond.A The card says, ‘Children shouldn’t watch TV. It’s bad for them.’ I don’t think that’s true, because…B Really? I don’t agree with you because…

Swap roles. Continue until all the cards are used.3

Children shouldn’t watch TV. It’s bad

for them.

Breakfast isn’t very important. Yoga is boring. Smoking should be

illegal.

You should go to bed

before 10 p.m.

Skateboarding is stupid.

I don’t really like food from my

country. I prefer international food.

There is too much sport on TV.

People shouldn’t travel by plane.

Classical music is better than rock music.

Friday is the best day of the week.

Teenagers spend too much time on the

computer.

Going camping is better than

staying in a hotel.

You should do some sport every day.

You shouldn’t go out in the evening

from Sunday to Thursday.

English is the most important school

subject.

157838 _ 0135-0144.indd 142157838 _ 0135-0144.indd 142 3/8/09 11:43:183/8/09 11:43:18

Page 143: in tune 2

143Photocopiable: Richmond Publishing ® / © Santillana Educación, S.L. 2009

888Speaking activitiesSpeaking activitiesSpeaking activitiesSpeaking activities

Student A

Look at the photos in the table. Guess which animal ...1 is the longest. / is the heaviest. / is the fastest. / lives the longest. / catches the biggest animal for food.

Ask Student B questions to complete the table and see If you were right.2 I think the saltwater crocodile is the longest animal. How long is it?

AnimalBlack

mambaGalapagos

tortoiseTiger

Great white shark

Golden eagleSaltwater crocodile

Length (m) 1 2 6

Weight (k) 1.6 120–128 3–7

Top speed (k/h) 0.3 40 24–29

Life time (years) 125 30 70

Favourite food small birds, rats, mice

grass, plants, fruit

rabbits, mice, squirrels

Student B

Look at the photos in the table. Guess which animal...1 is the longest. / is the heaviest. / is the fastest. / lives the longest. / catches the biggest animal for food.

Ask Student A questions to complete the table and see If you were right.2 I think the great white shark is the fastest animal. How fast is it?

AnimalBlack

mambaGalapagos

tortoiseTiger

Great white shark

Golden eagleSaltwater crocodile

Length (m) 2.4–4.5 6 2 (wings)

Weight (k) 215 1,900 500–1,000

Top speed (k/h) 24 80 320

Life time (years) 10 20–25 30–40

Favourite food wild pigs, buffalo

fi sh, dolphins, whales

fi sh, frogs, turtles

157838 _ 0135-0144.indd 143157838 _ 0135-0144.indd 143 3/8/09 11:43:183/8/09 11:43:18

Page 144: in tune 2

144Photocopiable: Richmond Publishing ® / © Santillana Educación, S.L. 2009

999Speaking activitiesSpeaking activitiesSpeaking activitiesSpeaking activities

Student A

Write clues for each word in your 1 crossword. They come from the following units of English In motion 2.

U1 – selfi sh | U2 – reggaeU3 – museum | U4 – lips | U5 – twins

U6 – news | U7 – lie downU8 – height | U9 – purse

1 down: horseshoe – It’s made of metal. An animal wears it on its feet. It’s good luck.

Use these words to help you:2 It’s a type of... You use it for... It’s made of...

It’s like ... You can see it in... It’s a part of...

Now work with Student B. Ask and answer 3 questions to complete the crossword.

Student B

Write clues for each word in your 1 crossword. They come from the following units of English In motion 2.

U1 – grumpy | U2 – post offi ce | U3 – river | U4 – eye | U5 – alien |

U6 – cooker | U7 – arms | U8 – weight | U9 – ladder

1 down: horseshoe – It’s made of metal. An animal wears it on its feet. It’s good luck. Use these words to help you:

It’s a type of... You use it for... It’s made of...

It’s like ... You can see it in... It’s a part of...

Now work with Student A. Ask and 2 answer questions to complete the crossword.

H TO WR L I E D O W NS M N PE U S US E L F I S H RH E SO U EE R M L I P S

EH E I G H T N

G EA WE S

1

6

10

12

13

15

18

8 7

4

5

9

11

14

1617

19

23

H W E I G H TO Y PR I V E R OS SE TS C O O K E RH FO FE G R U M P Y I

CA L I E N

L A D D E RA R M S

1

6

10

12

13

15

18

8 7

4

5

9

11

14

1617

19

23

157838 _ 0135-0144.indd 144157838 _ 0135-0144.indd 144 3/8/09 11:43:203/8/09 11:43:20

Page 145: in tune 2

Introduction

2Teacher’s All-in-one Book

EnglishIn motion

IntroductionIntroduction

157838 _ 0145-0160.indd 145157838 _ 0145-0160.indd 145 27/7/09 10:39:3927/7/09 10:39:39

Page 146: in tune 2

157838 _ 0145-0160.indd 146157838 _ 0145-0160.indd 146 27/7/09 10:39:3927/7/09 10:39:39

Page 147: in tune 2

CLIL

2Teacher’s All-in-one Book

EnglishIn motion

CLIL worksheetsCLIL worksheets

157838 _ 0145-0160.indd 147157838 _ 0145-0160.indd 147 27/7/09 10:39:3927/7/09 10:39:39

Page 148: in tune 2

157838 _ 0145-0160.indd 148157838 _ 0145-0160.indd 148 27/7/09 10:39:4027/7/09 10:39:40

Page 149: in tune 2

2Teacher’s All-in-one Book

EnglishIn motion

CLIL answersCLIL answers

CLIL answ

ers

157838 _ 0145-0160.indd 149157838 _ 0145-0160.indd 149 27/7/09 10:39:4027/7/09 10:39:40

Page 150: in tune 2

157838 _ 0145-0160.indd 150157838 _ 0145-0160.indd 150 27/7/09 10:39:4027/7/09 10:39:40

Page 151: in tune 2

2Teacher’s All-in-one Book

EnglishIn motion

DVD worksheets DVD worksheets and teacher’s notesand teacher’s notes D

VD

157838 _ 0145-0160.indd 151157838 _ 0145-0160.indd 151 27/7/09 10:39:4027/7/09 10:39:40

Page 152: in tune 2

157838 _ 0145-0160.indd 152157838 _ 0145-0160.indd 152 27/7/09 10:39:4027/7/09 10:39:40

Page 153: in tune 2

2Teacher’s All-in-one Book

EnglishIn motion

DVD transcriptsDVD transcripts

DVD

transcripts

157838 _ 0145-0160.indd 153157838 _ 0145-0160.indd 153 27/7/09 10:39:4027/7/09 10:39:40

Page 154: in tune 2

157838 _ 0145-0160.indd 154157838 _ 0145-0160.indd 154 27/7/09 10:39:4027/7/09 10:39:40

Page 155: in tune 2

2Teacher’s All-in-one Book

EnglishIn motion

Mixed-ability Mixed-ability worksheetsworksheets

Mixed-

ability

157838 _ 0145-0160.indd 155157838 _ 0145-0160.indd 155 27/7/09 10:39:4027/7/09 10:39:40

Page 156: in tune 2

157838 _ 0145-0160.indd 156157838 _ 0145-0160.indd 156 27/7/09 10:39:4127/7/09 10:39:41

Page 157: in tune 2

2Teacher’s All-in-one Book

EnglishIn motion

Mixed-ability Mixed-ability answersanswers

Mixed-ability answ

ers

157838 _ 0145-0160.indd 157157838 _ 0145-0160.indd 157 27/7/09 10:39:4127/7/09 10:39:41

Page 158: in tune 2

157838 _ 0145-0160.indd 158157838 _ 0145-0160.indd 158 27/7/09 10:39:4127/7/09 10:39:41

Page 159: in tune 2

2Teacher’s All-in-one Book

EnglishIn motion

Speaking worksheetsSpeaking worksheets

Speaking

157838 _ 0145-0160.indd 159157838 _ 0145-0160.indd 159 27/7/09 10:39:4127/7/09 10:39:41

Page 160: in tune 2

157838 _ 0145-0160.indd 160157838 _ 0145-0160.indd 160 27/7/09 10:39:4127/7/09 10:39:41